Upload
others
View
7
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Software version 02.00 CC1P7105en 29.11.2011
Building Technologies Division Infrastructure & Cities Sector
LME7… Burner control Basic Documentation
The LME7… and this Basic Documentation are intended for use by OEMs which integrate the burner controls in their products.
2/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Safety notes 29.11.2011
3/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Safety notes 29.11.2011
Supplementary documentation User Documentation LME73.000.../PME73.840......................................................A7105 Environmental Product Declaration LME… .............................................................E7105 Environmental Product Declaration PME…..........................................................E7105.1 Data Sheet LME7…................................................................................................ N7105 Product Range Overview LME…............................................................................ Q7101
4/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Safety notes 29.11.2011
5/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
Contents
1 Safety notes...................................................................................................13
1.1 Warning notes ...............................................................................................13
1.2 Mounting notes ..............................................................................................15
1.3 Installation notes............................................................................................16
1.4 Electrical connection of flame detectors ........................................................17
1.5 Commissioning notes ....................................................................................18
1.6 Standards and certificates .............................................................................19
1.7 Lifetime ..........................................................................................................19
1.8 Disposal notes ...............................................................................................19
1.9 Typographical conventions............................................................................20
1.9.1 Safety notes...................................................................................................20
2 System makeup/function description.............................................................21
2.1 Features ........................................................................................................22
3 Type summary...............................................................................................23
3.1 Burner controls ..............................................................................................23
3.2 Program module ............................................................................................24
3.3 External display and operating units..............................................................26
3.4 Flame detectors.............................................................................................26
3.5 Actuators .......................................................................................................27
3.6 Pressure switch .............................................................................................27
3.7 Dummy plugs for RJ11 ..................................................................................28
3.8 Connector sets for LME7...............................................................................28
3.9 Service- tools.................................................................................................28
3.10 Test case and accessories ............................................................................29
4 Technical data ...............................................................................................30
4.1 Basic unit LME7.............................................................................................30
4.2 Terminal rating Inputs....................................................................................30
4.3 Terminal rating Outputs .................................................................................31
4.4 Cable lengths.................................................................................................32
4.5 Actuators .......................................................................................................32
4.6 Cross-sectional areas....................................................................................32
4.7 Signal cable AGV50... ...................................................................................33
4.7.1 AZL2... BCI ...............................................................................................33
4.8 Dummy plug for RJ11....................................................................................33
4.9 Environmental conditions ..............................................................................33
4.10 Flame supervision .........................................................................................34
4.10.1 Ionization probe .............................................................................................34
4.10.2 Flame detector QRA2.../QRA4.U/QRA10......................................................36
6/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
5 Dimensions....................................................................................................37
6 Function.........................................................................................................38
6.1 Preconditions for burner startup ....................................................................38
6.2 Undervoltage .................................................................................................38
6.3 Controlled intermittent operation ...................................................................38
6.4 Control sequence in the event of fault ...........................................................39
6.5 Resetting the burner control ..........................................................................39
6.6 Limitation of repetitions (can be parameterized) (depending on parameter 240) ..............................................................................................40
6.6.1 Parameter 240/240.00...................................................................................40
6.6.2 Parameter 240.01..........................................................................................40
7 Operation, indication, diagnostics..................................................................41
7.1 Operation.......................................................................................................41
7.2 Indication of operating state ..........................................................................41
7.3 Diagnostics of cause of fault..........................................................................42
8 Inputs/outputs ................................................................................................44
9 Basic unit .......................................................................................................45
9.1 Description of inputs and outputs ..................................................................45
9.2 Digital input....................................................................................................46
9.2.1 Safety Loop X3–04, terminal 1 and 2 ............................................................46
9.2.2 Input for external controller (ON/OFF) X5–03, terminal 1..............................46
9.2.3 Air pressure switch X3–02.............................................................................47
10 PME71.401....................................................................................................48
10.1 Program sequence PME71.401... .................................................................48
10.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................50
10.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................50
10.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage......................................................................50
10.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.401... ......................51
10.4 LME71.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .....................52
10.5 Parameter list PME71.401... (AZL2...)...........................................................53
11 PME71.402....................................................................................................55
11.1 Program sequence PME71.402... .................................................................55
11.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................57
11.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................57
11.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage..............................................................57
11.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.402... ......................58
11.4 LME71.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .....................59
11.5 Parameter list PME71.402... (AZL2...)...........................................................60
7/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
12 PME71.901....................................................................................................63
12.1 Program sequence PME71.901... .................................................................63
12.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................65
12.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................65
12.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage and valve proving ........................................65
12.2.3 Gas valve proving..........................................................................................66 Valve proving with separate pressure switch ................................................66 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate ...................................................67
12.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.901... ......................68
12.4 LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ....................69
12.5 Parameter list PME71.901... (AZL2...)...........................................................70
13 PME72.521....................................................................................................75
13.1 Program sequence PME72.521... .................................................................75
13.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................77
13.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................77
13.2.2 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 2-stage............................................................77
13.3 Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ...................................................................................................................78
13.4 Connection diagram for LME72.000... without actuator SQM4... ..................79
13.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME72.521... ......................80
13.6 LME72.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .....................81
13.7 Parameter list PME72.521... (AZL2...)...........................................................82
14 PME72.541....................................................................................................84
14.1 Program sequence PME72.541... .................................................................84
14.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................86
14.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................86
14.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage..............................................................86
14.3 Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ...................................................................................................................87
14.4 Connection diagram for LME72.000... without actuator SQM4... ..................88
14.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME72.541... ......................89
14.6 LME72.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .....................90
14.7 Parameter list PME72.541... (AZL2...)...........................................................91
15 PME73.810....................................................................................................93
15.1 Program sequence PME73.810... .................................................................93
15.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)..........................95
15.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage......................................................................95
15.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage......................................................................95
15.2.3 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving .......................................96
15.2.4 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving .......................................96
15.2.5 Gas valve proving..........................................................................................97
8/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
Valve proving with separate pressure switch ................................................97 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate ...................................................98
15.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ...................................................................................................................99
15.4 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.810... ....................100
15.5 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ..................101
15.6 Parameter list PME73.810... (AZL2...).........................................................102
16 PME73.820..................................................................................................105
16.1 Program sequence PME73.820... ...............................................................105
16.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)........................107
16.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage....................................................................107
16.2.2 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 2-stage.................................................................107
16.2.3 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving ..................................108
16.2.4 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving .....................................108
16.2.5 Gas valve proving........................................................................................109 Valve proving with separate pressure switch ..............................................109 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate .................................................110
16.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) .................................................................................................................111
16.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... ................112
16.5 Time tables and settings for program sequence PME73.820......................113
16.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ..................114
16.7 Parameter list PME73.820... (AZL2...).........................................................115
17 PME73.830..................................................................................................118
17.1 Program sequence PME73.830... ...............................................................118
Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples) ........................................120
17.1.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage....................................................................120
17.1.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage............................................................120
17.1.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving .............................121
17.1.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving ...........................121
17.1.5 Gas valve proving........................................................................................122 Valve proving with separate pressure switch ..............................................122 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate .................................................123
17.2 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) .................................................................................................................124
17.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.830... ....................125
17.4 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ..................126
17.5 Parameter list PME73.830... (AZL2...).........................................................127
18 PME73.831… ..............................................................................................130
18.1 Program sequence PME73.831…...............................................................130
18.2 Connection diagrams for fuel applications (examples)................................135
18.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, without valve proving ................................135
9/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
18.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 2 (Gp2), 1-stage, without valve proving, simultaneously ignition burner .....................................................................135
18.2.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1), 1-stage, with valve proving, alternate burning ignition burner.................................................................................136
18.2.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving ..................................136
18.2.5 Valve proving of gas valves.........................................................................137 Valve proving with separate pressure switch ..............................................137 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate .................................................138
18.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) .................................................................................................................139
18.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 2) .................................................................................................................140
18.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.831... ....................141
18.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ..................143
18.7 Parameter list PME73.831... (AZL2...).........................................................144
19 PME73.840..................................................................................................148
19.1 Program sequence PME73.840... ...............................................................148
19.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)........................150
19.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage....................................................................150
19.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage............................................................150
19.2.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving .............................151
19.2.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving ...........................151
19.2.5 Gas valve proving........................................................................................152 Valve proving with separate pressure switch ..............................................152 Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate .................................................153
19.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) .................................................................................................................154
19.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... ................155
19.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.840... ....................156
19.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ..................157
19.7 Parameter list PME73.840... (AZL2...).........................................................158
20 Legend.........................................................................................................161
21 Multistage or modulating mode ...................................................................163
21.1 Relevant parameters ...................................................................................163
21.1.1 Connection diagram for feedback potentiometer ASZ12.33........................163
21.1.2 Connection diagram for load controller........................................................164
21.2 Actuators .....................................................................................................164
21.3 Function.......................................................................................................164
21.4 Load controller inputs ..................................................................................165
21.4.1 3-position step input X5-03..........................................................................165
21.4.2 Analog input X65 .........................................................................................165
21.4.3 Selection source preset output analog/3-position step input (P654) ...........165
10/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
21.4.4 Actuator output X2-09..................................................................................165
21.4.5 Setting the maximum running time of the actuator (P259/P260 timeout)........................................................................................................165
21.5 Multistage/modulating mode via 3-position step input X5-03 ......................166
21.5.1 Maximum possible resolution ......................................................................166
21.6 Modulating mode via analog input signal X65 .............................................166
21.6.1 Maximum possible resolution ......................................................................166
21.6.2 Standardization of modulation range...........................................................166
21.7 Setting the minimum power control step (dead band) (P123) in modulating mode via analog input signal X65 .............................................167
22 Safety notes relating to operation of AZL2... ...............................................168
23 Operation via AZL2…..................................................................................169
23.1 Description of the unit/display and buttons..................................................169
23.2 Meaning of symbols on the display .............................................................170
23.3 Special functions .........................................................................................170
23.3.1 Manual lockout ............................................................................................170
23.4 Operation.....................................................................................................171
23.4.1 Normal display.............................................................................................171
23.4.1.1. Display in standby mode .............................................................................171
23.4.1.2. Display during startup/shutdown .................................................................171 Display of program phases..........................................................................171 List of phase display (display depending on program) ................................172
23.4.1.3. Display of operating position .......................................................................173
23.4.1.4. Fault status messages, display of errors and info .......................................174 Display of errors (faults) with lockout...........................................................174 Reset 174
23.5 Menu-driven operation.................................................................................175
23.5.1 Assignment of levels....................................................................................175
23.6 Info level ......................................................................................................176
23.6.1 Display of info level......................................................................................177
23.6.2 Display of info values...................................................................................177
23.6.2.1. Identification date ........................................................................................177
23.6.2.2. Identification number ...................................................................................177
23.6.2.3. Identification of burner .................................................................................178
23.6.2.4. Number of startups resettable .....................................................................179
23.6.2.5. Total number of startups..............................................................................180
23.6.2.6. End of info level ...........................................................................................180
23.7 Service level ................................................................................................181
23.7.1 Display of the service level ..........................................................................181
23.7.2 Display of service values .............................................................................182
23.7.2.1. Error history .................................................................................................182
23.7.2.2. Mains voltage ..............................................................................................182
11/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
23.7.2.3. Intensity of flame .........................................................................................182
23.7.2.4. End of service level .....................................................................................182
23.8 Parameter level ...........................................................................................183
23.8.1 Entering the password.................................................................................184
23.8.2 Changing the heating engineer's password ................................................186
23.8.3 Changing the OEM's password ...................................................................187
23.8.4 Backup.........................................................................................................188
23.8.5 Restore ........................................................................................................190
23.9 Operating variants of the parameters ..........................................................192
23.9.1 Parameters without index, with direct display..............................................192
23.9.1.1. Example of parameter 225 (prepurge time) on the parameter level............192
23.9.2 Parameters without index, with no direct display.........................................194
23.9.2.1. Example of parameter 224 (specified time air pressure switch) on the parameter level............................................................................................194
23.9.3 Parameters with index, with or without direct display ..................................196
23.9.3.1. Example of parameter 701: Actual error on the service level......................196
24 Error code list with operation via external AZL2... display...........................199
25 Operation via internal LED ..........................................................................201
25.1 Description of display and buttons...............................................................201
25.2 Normal display.............................................................................................202
25.2.1 Display in standby mode .............................................................................202
25.2.2 Display during startup/shutdown .................................................................202
25.2.2.1. Display of program phases..........................................................................202
25.2.2.2. List of phase display ....................................................................................203
25.2.3 Display of operating position .......................................................................205
25.3 Special functions .........................................................................................205
25.3.1 Manual lockout ............................................................................................205
25.4 Fault status messages, display of errors .....................................................206
25.4.1 Display of errors (faults) with lockout...........................................................206
25.4.2 Display of flame current ION or QRA... .......................................................207
25.4.3 Reset ...........................................................................................................207
25.4.4 Display of flame current QRB... or QRC......................................................208
25.4.5 Display of preset output...............................................................................209
25.5 Manual adjustment (depending on program module)..................................210
25.5.1 Position of actuator or speed of PWM fan in modulating operation with analog signal ...............................................................................................210
25.6 First startup with a new program module or in case of replacement of program module ..........................................................................................213
25.7 Manual backup ............................................................................................215
25.7.1 Error during backup process .......................................................................216
25.8 Manual restore.............................................................................................217
25.8.1 Errors during the restore process ................................................................218
12/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7… CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector Contents 29.11.2011
25.8.2 Reset ...........................................................................................................218
26 Error code list with operation via internal LED.............................................219
27 PWM settings ..............................................................................................221
27.1 Relevant parameters ...................................................................................221
27.2 PWM control parameters.............................................................................223
27.3 PWM safety parameters ..............................................................................224
27.4 Initial PWM parameter settings....................................................................225
27.4.1 Initial settings of PWM basic parameters ....................................................225 Prerequisites................................................................................................225 Operating steps ...........................................................................................225
27.4.2 Reading the value of parameter 920 in the prepurge phase (P30) and ignition load phase (P38, P40 and P44) ......................................................228 Procedure ....................................................................................................228
27.4.3 Final settings of PWM safety parameters....................................................229 Procedure ....................................................................................................229 Follow these steps.......................................................................................229 Checking prepurging ...................................................................................230 Checking the ignition load ...........................................................................230
27.4.4 Setting safety parameters 675.00/675.01 and checking the safety settings under worst-case conditions ..........................................................231 Procedure ....................................................................................................231 Follow these steps.......................................................................................231 Checking prepurging ...................................................................................231 Checking the ignition load ...........................................................................232
27.4.5 Matching the working points “Speeds for low-fire (P1), ignition load (P0) and high-fire (P2) for the heating engineer to the application..............232 Prerequisites................................................................................................232
27.4.6 ... via the onboard operating panel of the LME7... basic unit ......................233
27.4.7 ... via the AZL2... operating unit...................................................................234
27.5 Overview of PWM fan parameters (value range refers to PME71.901) .....236
28 List of figures ...............................................................................................242
13/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1 Safety notes 1.1 Warning notes To avoid injury to persons, damage to property or the environment, the following warning notes must be observed! The LME7... are safety devices! Do not open, interfere with or modify the unit. Siemens does not assume responsibility for damage resulting from unauthorized interference! Additional safety notes contained in other chapters of this document must be observed as well! All activities (mounting, installation and service work, etc.) must be performed by
qualified personnel The burner or boiler manufacturer must ensure degree of protection IP40 for burner
controls as per DIN EN 60529 through proper installation of the LME7... If not observed, there will be a risk of electric shock
Before making any wiring changes in the connection area, completely isolate the plant from mains supply (all-polar disconnection). Ensure that the plant cannot be inadvertently switched on again and that it is indeed dead. If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
Ensure protection against electric shock hazard by providing adequate protection for the burner control’s connection terminals (e. g. with dummy plugs for inputs and outputs not used). If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
Ensure protection against electric shock at the LME7... and at all connected electrical components through proper installation. In terms of execution, stability and protection, covers must conform to EN 60730. If not observed, there will be a risk of electric shock
The space where the program module is located is defined as plugging space and therefore back-off-hand-proof when the program module is not fitted
Each time work has been carried out (mounting, installation, service work, etc.), check to ensure that wiring and parameterization is in an orderly state and make the safety checks as described in Commissioning notes. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions and of electric shock hazard
If the housing or the area near the operating panel is damaged, the unit must immediately be put out of operation. If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
Press the buttons on the operating panel only manually without using any tools or pointed objects. If the film of the operating panel is damaged, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
The data line for the AZL2… or other accessories, such as the OCI410… (plugs into the BCI), must be connected or disconnected only when the burner control is dead (all-polar disconnection), since the BCI does not ensure safe separation from mains voltage. If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
If the BCI (jack RJ11) is not used, protection against electric shock hazard must be provided (jack must be covered up). If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
Fall or shock can adversely affect the safety functions. Such burner controls must not be put into operation, even if they do not exhibit any damage. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions and of electric shock hazard
To ensure protection against electric shock hazard, make certain that, prior to switching on power, the signal cable AGV50... is correctly connected to the AZL2…
The mains-powered ionization probe is not protected against electric shock hazard. Protection against accidental contact must be ensured. If not observed, there is a risk of electric shock hazard
On the OEM level of the LME7…, it is possible to make parameter settings that differ from application standards. When setting the parameters, it must be made
14/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
certain that the application will run safely in compliance with legal requirements. If not observed, there is a risk that safety functions will be impaired
Only LME71.901... When the fan operates on permanent phase, it must be ensured that there is a safe electrical separation between mains voltage and PWM/Hall input/output. If not observed, there is a risk that safety functions will be impaired and that a risk of electric shock will exist
To ensure safety and reliability of the LME7... system, the following points must also be observed: - Condensation and ingress of humidity must be avoided.
Should such conditions occur, make sure that the unit will be completely dry before switching on again! If not observed, there will be a risk of electric shock
- Static charges must be avoided since they can damage the unit’s electronic components when touched. Recommendation: Use ESD equipment
15/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1.2 Mounting notes Ensure that the relevant national safety regulations are complied with In the geographical areas where DIN regulations are in use, the requirements of
VDE must be satisfied, especially DIN/VDE 0100, 0550 and DIN/VDE 0722 The LME7... basic unit must be secured with fixing screws M4 (UNC32) or M5
(UNC24), observing a maximum tightening torque of 1.8 Nm and using all 3 fixing points. The additional mounting surfaces on the housing are provided to improve mechanical stability. These must fully rest on the mounting surface to which the unit is secured. The flatness of that mounting surface must be within a tolerance band of 0.3 mm
6
0
(42
)4
2
(73.9)
73.9
0.3
Outer contour housing
5
5
168.8
10
8.8
7113z05e/0810
Program moduleOperating panel
13
13
13
13
13
13
O5 (3x)
Figure 1: Mounting – mounting surface
Mounting surface
Installation notes
16/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1.3 Installation notes Always run the high-voltage ignition cable separate from the unit and other cables
while observing the greatest possible distance Do not mix up live and neutral conductors Install switches, fuses and earthing in compliance with local regulations The connection diagrams show the burner controls with earthed neutral conductor.
In networks with nonearthed neutral conductor and ionization current supervision, terminal X10-05/1 must be connected to the earth conductor. It must be made certain that local regulations are complied with (e.g. protection against electric shock hazard) since AC 230 V (60 Hz) mains voltage produces peak leakage currents of 2.7 mA
Make certain that the maximum permissible current rating of the connection terminals is not exceeded
Make certain that strain relief of the connected cables is in compliance with the relevant standards
Do not feed external mains voltage to the control outputs of the unit. When testing the devices controlled by the burner control (fuel valves, etc.), the LME7… must not be connected to the units
Mains power must always be supplied via L and N. This means that no potential differential must exist between the neutral conductor N and protective earth PE
Make certain that strain relief of the connected cables is in compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. as per DIN EN 60730 and DIN EN 60335)
Ensure that spliced wires cannot get into contact with neighboring terminals. Use adequate ferrules. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions or a risk of electric shock
For protection, the burner manufacturer must fit dummy plugs to unused LME7... terminals
The connectors of the connecting cables for the LME7…, may only be removed or exchanged when the plant is shut down (all-polar disconnection), since the connections (escpecially BCI interface) does not provide safe separation from mains voltage
The mechanical coupling between the actuators and the controlling elements for fuel and air, or any other controlling elements, must be rigid
Signal cable AGV50... from LME7… to AZL2…or from LME7… to OCI410…: Since the BCI has no safe separation from mains voltage, the signal cable AGV50... between LME7… and AZL2…, or LME7… and OCI410…, must conform to certain specifications. Siemens has specified the signal cable AGV50... for use under the burner hood (cable supplied by Hütter; see Technical data). When using signal cables of other manufacture, Siemens’ requirement will not necessarily be met
Do not lay the signal cable AGV50... from the LME7… to the AZL2… together with other cables; use a separate cable
Service operation with a longer signal cable from LME7… to AZL2…, or from LME7… to OCI410…: If a longer signal cable is required for service work for example (short-time, <24 hours), note that above usage under the burner hood no longer applies and, for this reason, the signal cable can be subjected to increased mechanical stress. In that case, extra cable sheathing is required
Both the signal cable AGV50... and the AZL2… must be shipped and stored so that no damage due to dust and water can occur when used in the plant later on
The AZL2… must be used in a dry and clean environment Check the connecting lines of the air pressure switch for short-circuits
Warning! Only LME71.901... When the fan operates on permanent phase, it must be ensured that there is a safe electrical separation between mains voltage and PWM/Hall input/output. If not observed, there is a risk that safety functions will be impaired and that a risk of electric shock will exist!
17/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1.4 Electrical connection of flame detectors It is important to achieve practically disturbance- and loss-free signal transmission: Never run the detector cable together with other cables
– Line capacitance reduces the magnitude of the flame signal – Use a separate cable
Observe the permissible detector cable lengths (see Technical Data) The mains-powered ionization probe is not protected against electric shock hazard.
Protection against accidental contact must be ensured Locate the ignition electrode and the ionization probe such that the ignition spark
cannot arc over to the ionization probe (risk of electrical overloads) and that it cannot adversely affect the supervision of ionization Insulation resistance
– Must be a minimum of 50 M between ionization probe and ground – Soiled detector holders reduce the insulation resistance, thus supporting creepage currents
Earth the burner in compliance with the relevant regulations; earthing the boiler alone does not suffice
18/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1.5 Commissioning notes Prior to commissioning the system, the following points must be checked: Correct assignment of the valves to the valve outputs at the LME7... Correct setting of the time parameters, especially the safety and prepurge times Correct functioning of the flame detector in the event of loss of flame during
operation (including the response time), with extraneous light, during the prepurge time and, when there is no establishment of flame, at the end of the ignition safety time
During commissioning, check all safety functions There is no absolute protection against incorrect use of the RASTx connectors.
For this reason, prior to commissioning the plant, check the correct assignment of all connectors
Electromagnetic emissions must be checked on an application-specific basis
For display of the flame on the AZL2…, following general conditions apply: - Display is subject to various component tolerances so that deviations of 10% can occur - Note that for physical reasons there is no linear relationship between flame display and detector signal values
The functions of the following available or required input state signals must be checked: Air pressure Minimum gas pressure and maximum gas pressure or POC Safety loop (e.g. safety limit thermostat)
Duties of the expert when making the approval tests
Action Check/response
a) Burner startup with flame detector disconnected Lockout at the end of 1st safety time
b) Burner startup with flame detector exposed to extraneous light, e.g. to incandescent light with detectors for visible radiation, quartz-halogen bulb or cigarette lighter flame with detectors for UV radiation
Lockout during prepurge time
c) Simulation of loss of flame during operation. For that, disconnect the flame detector in the operating position and maintain that state
Lockout or restart, depending on the burner control’s configuration
d) Check the plant’s response time with loss of flame during operation. For that purpose, manually disconnect the fuel valves from power and check the time from this moment the burner control requires to turn off power to the valve
Turning off power to the fuel valves by the burner control within the period of time permitted for the respective time of plant
Further checks may be required, depending on the field of use and the relevant standards. After installation and commissioning, the parameterized values and settings must be documented by the person/heating engineer responsible for the plant. These data can be printed out with the help of the ACS410 PC software, for example, or must be written down. The documentation must be checked by the expert and then kept in a safe place.
Warning! On the OEM access level of the LME7…, it is possible to make parameter settings that differ from application standards. When setting the parameters, it must be made certain that the application will run safely in accordance with legal requirements. If not observed, there is a risk that safety functions will be impaired.
19/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 1 Safety notes 29.11.2011
1.6 Standards and certificates
Conformity to EEC directives - Electromagnetic compatibility EMC (immunity) - Directives for gas-fired appliances - Low-voltage directive
2004/108/EC 2009/142/EC 2006/95/EC
ISO 9001: 2010
Cert. 00739
ISO 14001: 2010
Cert. 38233
Only for AC 120 V versions
Identification code to EN 298 chapter 4 PME71.401..: F M C L J N PME71.402...:F B C L J N PME71.901...: F M C L J N PME72.521..: F M L L X N PME72.541..: F B L L X N PME73.810..: F M C L J N PME73.820..: F M C L J N PME73.830..: F B C L J N PME73.831..: F B L L J N PME73.840..: F B C L J N
1.7 Lifetime Burner controls LME7… have a designed lifetime* of 250,000 burner startup cycles which, under normal operating conditions in heating mode, correspond to approx. 10 years of usage (starting from the production date given on the type field). This lifetime is based on the endurance tests specified in standard EN 230/EN 298 and the table containing the relevant test documentation as published by the European Association of Component Manufacturers (Afecor) (www.afecor.org). The designed lifetime is based on use of the burner controls according to the manufacturer’s Data Sheet and Basic Documentation. After reaching the designed lifetime in terms of the number of burner startup cycles, or the respective time of usage, the burner control is to be replaced by authorized personnel. * The designed lifetime is not the warranty time specified in the Terms of Delivery
1.8 Disposal notes The unit contains electrical and electronic components and must not be disposed of together with domestic waste. Local and currently valid legislation must be observed.
20/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 0 29.11.2011
1.9 Typographical conventions
1.9.1 Safety notes This Basic Documentation contains instructions which must be observed to ensure your own personal safety and to prevent damage to equipment and property. The instructions and notes are highlighted by warning triangles, arrows or a hand symbol and are presented as follows, depending on the hazard level:
Danger means that death, severe personal injury or substantial
property damage will occur if adequate precautionary measures are not taken.
Warning means that death, severe personal injury or substantial
property damage can occur if adequate precautionary measures are not taken.
Caution means that minor personal injury or property damage
can occur if adequate precautionary measures are not taken.
Note draws your attention to important information on the product, on product handling, or to a special part of the documentation.
Reference refers to further information given in other pieces of
user documentation, chapters or sections.
Only qualified personnel are allowed to install and operate the equipment. Qualified personnel in the context of the safety-related notes contained in this document are persons who are authorized to commission, ground and tag devices, systems and electrical circuits in compliance with established safety practices and standards. Note the following: The device may only be used on the applications described in the technical documentation and only in connection with devices or components from other suppliers that have been approved or recommended by Siemens. The product can only function correctly and safely if shipped, stored, set up and installed correctly, and operated and maintained as specified.
Qualified personnel
Correct use
21/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 2 System makeup/function description 29.11.2011
2 System makeup/function description The LME7... is a microprocessor-based burner control with matching system components for the control and supervision of forced draft burners of medium to high capacity. LME7… are used for the startup and supervision of 1- or 2-stage forced draft burners in intermittent operation. The flame is supervised with an ionization probe, optionally with flame detector QRA2..., QRA4.U or QRA10....
- Gas burner controls to EN 298 : 2003 - Oil burner controls to EN 230 : 2005 - For forced draft gas burners to EN 676 - For forced draft oil burners to EN 267 Integrated in the LME7... basic unit are: Burner control BCI for connection a display or PC Only LME72.../LME73...: Control for one actuator Lockout reset button (info button) 3 multicolor signal lamp LED for operations and fault notifications Optional: Analog inputs for load controller DC 0...10 V, DC 0/4...20 mA, 0...135 Ω 3 x 7-segment display for service, fault and operating state information Interface for program module
Figure 2: Example: Modulating gas burner
22/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 2 System makeup/function description 29.11.2011
The LME7... system components (display and operating unit AZL2...) are connected directly via BCI to the LME7... basic unit. All safety-related digital inputs and outputs of the system are monitored by a contact feedback network. For intermittent operation in connection with the LME7..., the ionization probe and, optionally, the flame detector QRA2..., QRA4.U or QRA10... can be used. The burner control is operated and parameterized via the AZL2... display and operating unit or via PC tool. The AZL2... display and operating unit features an LCD and menu-driven operation, offering straightforward operation and targeted diagnostics. When making diagnostics, the display shows the operating states, the type of error and meter readings. Passwords protect the different parameter levels of the burner/boiler manufacturer and heating engineer against unauthorized access. Basic settings that the plant operator can make on site require no password. Multicolor indication for operating state and fault status messages via 3-color LED Diagnostics of cause of fault via blink code Extensive service, fault and operating state information via built-in 3 x 7 segment
display Extensive service, fault and operating state information via BCI and AZL2...
2.1 Features - Undervoltage detection - Electrical remote reset facility - Accurate control times thanks to digital signal handling - Multicolor indication of fault status and operating state messages - Air pressure supervision with function check of air pressure switch during start and
operation (gas) - Repetition limitation - Controlled intermittent operation after 24 hours of continuous operation (can be
parameterized via parameter P239) depending on program module PME... - BCI - Indication of program sequence - Connection for program module PME... - Unit parameter adjustable either via display or PC software ACS410
Indication and diagnostics
23/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3 Type summary 3.1 Burner controls Microprocessor-based burner control for single-/dual-fuel burner of medium to large capacity, one actuator.
Type
LM
E71
.000
A1
LM
E71
.000
A2
LM
E72
.000
A2
LM
E73
.000
A1
LM
E73
.000
A2
Mains voltage AC 120 V --- --- ---
Mains voltage AC 230 V --- ---
Gas pressure switch-min/POC
Pressure switch valve proving
Air pressure switch
Ionization probe
QRA2.../QRA4.U/QRA10...
Load controller analog input signal (0...10 V, 4...20 mA, 0...135 ) ---
Load controller input 3-position step input/2-stage
Output actuator control --- ---
Input feedback for actuator with potentiometer 0...1 k --- --- ---
Output PWM control
Onboard LED 7-segment display ---
BCI bus for AZL2...
24/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3.2 Program module Example:
Typenbezeichnung
PM
E71
.401
A1
PM
E71
.402
A1
PM
E71
.901
A1
PM
E73
.810
A1
PM
E73
.820
A1
PM
E73
.830
A1
PM
E73
.831
A1
PM
E73
.840
A1
Mains voltage AC 120 V
For use with LME71.000A... --- --- --- --- ---
For use with LME72.000A... --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
For use with LME73.000A... --- --- ---
Gas program forced draft burner
Gas program atmospheric burner --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-stage/2-stage or 1-stage modulating
Pilot burner simultaneously/alternately --- --- --- ---
Modulating via actuator (pneumatic or mechanic gas-air ratio control)
--- --- ---
Modulating via PWM fan (pneumatic or mechanic gas-air ratio control)
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Fan speed control/control via analog signal/3-position step signal
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Actuator control via analog signal/3-position step signal for actuator with potentiometer
--- --- --- --- ---
3-position signal for actuator without potentiometer --- --- --- --- ---
Control sequence programmable time
POC ---
Valve proving --- ---
Input valve proving ON/Off --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
25/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
Typenbezeichnung
PM
E71
.401
A2
PM
E71
.402
A2
PM
E71
.901
A2
PM
E72
.521
A2
PM
E72
.541
A2
PM
E73
.810
A2
PM
E73
.820
A2
PM
E73
.830
A2
PM
E73
.831
A2
PM
E73
.840
A2
Mains voltage AC 230 V
For use with LME71.000A... --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
For use with LME72.000A... --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
For use with LME73.000A... --- --- --- --- ---
Gas program forced draft burner
Gas program atmospheric burner --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-stage/2-stage or 1-stage modulating
Pilot burner simultaneously/alternately --- --- --- --- ---
Modulating via actuator (pneumatic or mechanic gas-air ratio control)
--- --- ---
Modulating via PWM fan (pneumatic or mechanic gas-air ratio control)
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Fan speed control/control via analog signal/3-position step signal
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Actuator control via analog signal/3-position step signal for actuator with potentiometer
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3-position signal for actuator without potentiometer --- --- --- --- ---
Control sequence programmable time --- ---
POC ---
Valve proving --- --- --- ---
Input valve proving ON/Off --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Example:
26/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3.3 External display and operating units AZL21.00A9 Display and operating unit, detached, choice of mounting methods, 8-digit LCD, 5 buttons, BCI for LME7..., degree of protection IP40. See Data Sheet N7542
AZL23.00A9 Display and operating unit, detached, choice of mounting methods, 8-digit LCD, 5 buttons, BCI for LME7..., degree of protection IP54. See Data Sheet N7542
Built-in in the LME7... 3-colored LED, reset button, 3 other buttons for operation in connection with 3 x 7-segment display
AGV50.100 Signal cable for AZL2..., with RJ11 connector, cable length 1 m, pack of 10
3.4 Flame detectors QRA2… Flame detector for use with Siemens burner controls, for the supervision of gas flames, yellow-/blue-burning oil flames and for ignition spark proving. Plastic insulated housing, metalized to prevent static charging caused by the air flow from the fan. For direct mounting on the burner. Delivery optional with/without flange and clamp. See Data Sheet N7712
QRA4.U Flame detector for use with Siemens burner controls, for the supervision of gas flames, yellow-/blue-burning oil flames and for ignition spark proving. See Data Sheet N7711
QRA10… Flame detector for use with Siemens burner controls, for supervision of gas flames, yellow-/blue-burning oil flames and for ignition spark proving. Die-cast aluminium housing with a 1 in. mounting coupling and connection facility for cooling air. The housing of this detector has a bayonet fitting which allows it to be secured either directly to the 1 in. mounting coupling or to the AGG06. The 1 in. mounting coupling can be screwed to a viewing tube or to the AGG07. The Pg cable gland can be removed and replaced, if some other detector cable shall be used. See Data Sheet N7712
27/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3.5 Actuators SQN3… Electromotoric actuators for air dampers and control valves of oil and gas burners of small to medium capacity. Holding torque:/running time 0,8 Nm/4,5 s
until 3 Nm/30 s
See Data Sheet N7808 SQN7… Electromotoric actuators for air dampers and control valves of oil and gas burners of small to medium capacity. Holding torque:/running time 0,7 Nm/4 s
until 2,5 Nm/30 s
See Data Sheet N7804 SQM40…/SQM41... The actuators are suited for driving flow control valves, butterfly valves, dampers or for use on other applications that require rotary motion. Areas of application are oil and gas burners of medium to larger capacity as well as thermal process plants.
Holding torque: Up to 10 Nm Running times: 15 s and 30 s
Direction of rotation: - clockwise or counterclockwise rotation
SQM5... Electromotoric actuators for air dampers and control valves of oil and gas burners of small to medium capacity, with UL-registered. Holding torque:/running time
10 Nm/15 s until 40 Nm/60 s
See Data Sheet N7815
3.6 Pressure switch
QPLx5… The pressure switch is used for monitoring of gas or air pressure. See Data Sheet N7221
28/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3.7 Dummy plugs for RJ11 Dummy plug For 6-pole modular connector (RJ11) Supplier recommendation: Molex, order no.: 085 999 3256
3.8 Connector sets for LME7... AGG3.710 Connector set complete for LME7… RAST5 and RAST3.5 Single packs AGG3.720 10 standard connector sets complete for LME7… RAST5 and RAST3.5 Single packs The several connectors are delivered into bags to 10 pieces each as a unit. AGG3.730 50 standard connector sets complete for LME7… RAST5 and RAST3.5 Single packs The several connectors are delivered into bags to 50 pieces each as a unit.
Example: X5-03
3.9 Service- tools
OCI410… Interface between burner control and PC Facilitates viewing, handling and recording setting parameters on site in connection with the ACS410 software See Data Sheet N7615
ACS410 PC software for setting the parameters and for visualizing the burner controls See Software Documentation J7352
29/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 3 Type summary 29.11.2011
3.10 Test case and accessories KF8895.1A9 Test case for LME... For simulations of burner functions as startups,
sequence of operations in connection with the specified burner controls
For check and test purposes of burner controls For operation in laboratories by expert qualified
personnel See User Manual CC1U7993
AGV8895.01 Connection cable set for LME7… For test case KF8895.1A9 Consisting of:
AGV8895.01X1 Connection cable for mains potential For test case KF8895.1A9
AGV8895.01X3 Connection cable for extra-low voltage, PELV For test case KF8895.1A9
30/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4 Technical data 4.1 Basic unit LME7...
Mains voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V Mains frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz External primary fuse Max. 6.3 A (slow) Max. 6.3 A (slow) Power consumption <10 W, typical <10 W, typical Safety class I with parts according to II and III to
DIN EN 60730-1 IP00
Degree of protection
Note: The burner or boiler manufacturer must ensure degree of protection IP40 for burner controls as per DIN EN 60529 through adequate installation of the LME7...
Perm. mounting position Optional Weight Approx. 490 g
4.2 Terminal rating Inputs
Mains voltage: Input current depending on the operating state of the unit Under voltage UMains 120 V UMains 230 V Safety shutdown from the operating
position takes place should mains voltage drop
≤AC 75 V ≤AC 165 V
Restart is initiated when mains voltage exceeds
≥AC 100 V ≥AC 195 V
State inputs, temperature controller, temperature switch, load controller, pressure switch, air pressure switch, actuator (except safety loop) of the contact feedback network (CFN) are used for system supervision and require mains-related input voltage Input safety loop See Terminal rating outputs Input currents and input voltages
- UeMax UN +10% UN +10% - UeMin UN -15% UN -15% - IeMax 1.5 mA peak
(peak value) 1 mA peak (peak value)
- IeMin 0.8 mA peak (peak value)
0.5 mA peak (peak value)
Contact material recommended for external signal sources (air pressure switch, pressure switch-min, pressure switch-max, etc.)
Gold-plated silver contacts
Transition/settling behavior/bounce - Perm. bounce time of contacts when switching ON/OFF
Max. 50 ms (after the bounce time, the contact must stay closed or open)
UN AC 120 V AC 230 V Voltage detection
- ON >AC 60 V >AC 120 V - OFF <AC 40 V <AC 80 V
Analog input X65 DC 0...10 V/DC 0/4...20 mA/0...135 Ω
31/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4.3 Terminal rating Outputs
Total contact loading: Rated voltage AC 120 V
50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz
Unit input current X3-04 (safety loop) from: - Fan motor contactor - Ignition transformer - Fuel valves
Max. 5 A Max. 5 A
Individual contact loading: Fan motor contactor X2-01 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 2 A
(15A max. 0.5 s) 2 A (15A for max. 0.5s)
Power factor Cos 0.4 Cos 0.4 Alarm output X2-03/3 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor Cos >0.6 Cos >0.6 Ignition transformer X4-02 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 2 A 2 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Cos >0.4 Auxiliary output Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor Cos >0,6 Cos >0,6 Output relay contact 2 pin 2 X2-09 pin 7 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Cos >0.4 Fuel valves/pilot valve X7-01 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Cos >0.4 Fuel valves 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current
- Valve proving inactive 2 A 2 A
- Valve proving active 1 A 1 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Cos >0.4
Note: When activating valve proving (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve terminals is restricted. If the load is not reduced, the design lifetime is about 100,000 burner start cycles!
Safety valve X6-03 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V
50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz
Total current 1.5 A 1.5 A Power factor Cos >0.6 Cos >0.6 Safety loop X3-04 pin 2, safety valve X6-03 pin 3, POC X2-02 pin 3 Rated voltage AC 120 V
50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz
Total current 2 A 2 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Cos >0.4
32/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4.4 Cable lengths Mains supply line Max. 100 m (100 pF/m) Display, BCI For use under the burner hood or in a
control panel Max. 1 m (100 pF/m)
Load controller X5-03 Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Safety Loop Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Safety valve Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Fuel valve Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Ignition transformer Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Remote reset (lay separate cable) Max. 30 m (100 pF/m) Other lines Max. 30 m (100 pF/m)
Specification as per EN 60730-1 Type of shutdown or interruption of each circuit Shutdown with microswitch 1 pole Mode of operation Type 2 B
4.5 Actuators
CLOSE/ignition position/OPEN X2-09 pin 1, X2-09 pin 2, X2-09 pin 3
1 mio. switching cycles
1 mio. switching cycles
Rated voltage AC 120 V 50/60 Hz AC 230 V 50/60 Hz Rated current 0,1 A 0,1 A Power factor Cos >0.6 Cos >0.6
Output K2/2 X2-09/7 AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz Rated current Max. 1 A Power factor Cos >0.4 Feedback via input of cam V2, depending on the switching contact used in actuator X2-09/8!
4.6 Cross-sectional areas The cross-sectional areas of the mains power lines (L, N, and PE) and, if required, the safety loop (safety limit thermostat, water shortage, etc.) must be sized for rated currents according to the selected external primary fuse. The cross-sectional areas of the other cables must be sized in accordance with the internal unit fuse (max. 6.3 AT).
Min. cross-sectional area 0.75 mm² (single- or multicore to VDE 0100)
Cable insulation must be suited for the respective temperature and environmental conditions!
33/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4.7 Signal cable AGV50... 4.7.1 AZL2... BCI Signal cable Color white
Unshielded Conductor 4 x 0.141 mm² With jack RJ11
Cable length - AGV50.100
1 m
Supplier (alternative) Recommendation: Hütter http://www.hkt-netzwerktechnik.at/index.htm
Location Under the burner hood (arrangements for SKII EN60730-1 additionally required)
4.8 Dummy plug for RJ11 Dummy plug For 6 pin modular plug (RJ11) Supplier Recommendation:
Molex Order no.: 085 999 3256
4.9 Environmental conditions Storage DIN EN 60721-3-1 Climatic conditions Class 1K3 Mechanical conditions Class 1M2 Temperature range -40...+70 °C Humidity <95% r.h. Transport DIN EN 60721-3-2 Climatic conditions Class 2K3 Mechanical conditions Class 2M2 Temperature range -40...+70 °C Humidity <95% r.h. Operation DIN EN 60721-3-3 Climatic conditions Class 3K3 Mechanical conditions Class 3M2 Temperature range -40...+60 °C Humidity <95% r.h.
Warning! Condensation, formation of ice and ingress of water are not permitted! If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions and of electric shock hazard.
34/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4.10 Flame supervision 4.10.1 Ionization probe No-load voltage at terminal ionization probe (X10–05, terminal 2)
AC 300 V
Warning! The ionization probe must be protected against electric shock
hazard! When monitoring ionization currents in earth-free mains, connect
terminal X10-05/1 to burner ground Short-circuit current Max. AC 1 mA Required detector current Min. DC 1 µA, display approx. 20% Possible detector current Max. DC 40 µA, display approx. 100% Permissible length of detector cable (laid separately)
30 m (core-earth 100 pF/m)
Note: As the detector line capacitance (line length) increases, the voltage at the ionization probe und thus the detector current will drop. Extremely long line lengths and very high-ohmic flames might necessitate the use of low-capacitance cable (e.g. ignition cable). In spite of special electronic circuits designed to compensate possible adverse effects of the ignition spark on the ionization current, it must be made certain that the minimum detector current required is already available during the ignition phase. If this is not the case, the primary ignition transformer connections must be interchanged and/or the electrodes relocated.
Threshold values when flame is supervised by ionization - Start prevention (extraneous light) - Start prevention (extraneous light) - Operation - Operation
ION input
Ionization current in µA
Fla
me
inte
nsity
in %
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Figure 3: Ionization input at AC 120 V/AC 230 V
35/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
Ionization probe
LME7...M
CION
X10-05/2
X10-05/1
Figure 4: Measuring circuit for ionization probe
Legend C Electrolytic condenser 100...470 µF; DC 10...25 V
ION Ionization probe
M Microammeter Ri max. 5,000
Warning! Simultaneous operation of QRA... and ionization probe is not permitted! If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
Measuring circuit for detector current measurement
36/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 4 Technical data 29.11.2011
4.10.2 Flame detector QRA2.../QRA4.U/QRA10...
Caution! If flame detectors QRA2…/QRA4.U/QRA10... are used for flame supervision with the LME7..., it must be ensured that the burner control is permanently connected to power (conforming to EN 298), thus enabling the system to detect flame detector failures during startup and shutdown. Generally, the system works with QRA... flame detectors in intermittent operation. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions. Technical Data see Data Sheet N7712, flame detector QRA2.../QRA10…! Technical Data see Data Sheet N7711, flame detector QRA4.U!
Threshold values when flame is supervised by QRA... - Start prevention (extraneous light) - Start prevention (extraneous light) - Operation - Operation Operating voltage AC 280 V ±15% Mains frequency 50...60 Hz 6% Required detector current Min. 70 µA Possible detector current - Operation
Max. 700 µA
Perm. length of detector cable - Normal cable, laid separately ¹)
Max. 100 m
¹) Multicore cable not permitted
Flame detector QRA...
QRA...Figure 5: Measuring circuit for QRA...
Legend A Exposure to light
C Electrolytic condenser 100...470 µF; DC 10...25 V
M Microammeter Ri max. 5,000
Warning! Input QRA... is not short-circuit-proof!
Short-circuits of X10-06/2 against earth can destroy the QRA... input Simultaneous operation of flame detector QRA... and ionization probe is not
permitted. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions. To make certain the age of the UV tube can be determined, the LME7...
basic unit must always be connected to mains supply. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
Measuring circuit for detector current measurement
37/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 5 Dimensions 29.11.2011
5 Dimensions Dimensions in mm
nfo+-A
7105m02/0510
Figure 6: Dimensions of LME7...
LME7...
38/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 6 Function 29.11.2011
6 Function 6.1 Preconditions for burner startup Burner control must be reset All contacts in the line are closed, there is a request for heat No undervoltage Air pressure switch or POC must be in its no-load position, or Dbr1 is connected to
X2-02 (depending on program sequence) Flame detector is darkened and there is no extraneous light All contacts in the safety loop are closed
6.2 Undervoltage Safety shutdown from the operating position takes place should mains voltage drop
below about AC 75 V (UN = AC 120 V)
Restart is initiated when mains voltage exceeds about AC 100 V (UN = AC 120 V) Safety shutdown from the operating position takes place should mains voltage drop
below about AC 165 V (UN = AC 230 V)
Restart is initiated when mains voltage exceeds about AC 195 V (UN = AC 230 V)
6.3 Controlled intermittent operation Depending on parameter 239, after no more than 24 hours of continuous operation, the burner control initiates automatic controlled shutdown followed by a restart, against parameter 239.
39/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 6 Function 29.11.2011
6.4 Control sequence in the event of fault If lockout occurs, the outputs for the fuel valves, the burner motor and the ignition equipment are immediately deactivated (<1 second). Cause Response
Mains voltage failure Restart
Voltage below undervoltage threshold Safety shutdown
Voltage above undervoltage threshold Restart
Extraneous light before safety time Lockout
Extraneous light during waiting time Start prevention, lockout after approx. 30 seconds at the latest
No flame at the end of safety time Lockout end of safety time
Loss of flame during operation Factory setting: Lockout Can be parameterized: (Depending on program module, e.g. PME73.8...) 1 x repetition
Air pressure switch has welded in the operating position
Start prevention, lockout after 30 seconds
Air pressure switch has welded in the no-load position
Lockout at the end of the specified time
No air pressure signal on completion of the specified time
Lockout, with breakdown time ≥0.3 seconds
POC contact is open during startup Lockout, approx. 5 seconds after temperature thermostat or pressurestat or temperature or pressure switch on
Pressure switch-min: Failure during operation
Shutdown and start prevention
In the event of lockout, the LME7… remains locked and the red fault signal lamp lights up. The burner control can immediately be reset. This state is also maintained in the event of mains failure.
6.5 Resetting the burner control When lockout occurs, the burner control can immediately be reset. To do this, press the lockout reset button (info button) for about 1 second (<3 seconds). The LME7… can only be reset when all contacts in the line are closed and when there is no undervoltage.
40/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 6 Function 29.11.2011
6.6 Limitation of repetitions (can be parameterized)
(depending on parameter 240)
6.6.1 Parameter 240/240.00 If the flame is lost during operation, a maximum 1 repetition per controlled startup can be performed via the temperature thermostat or pressurestat, or else lockout will be initiated. 6.6.2 Parameter 240.01 If no flame is established by the end of the safety time, a maximum of 3 repetitions per controlled shutdown are possible. With repetitions from the operating position (loss of flame), the flame must have been established on completion of the safety time (independent of parameter 240.01), or else lockout will be initiated.
41/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 7 Operation, indication, diagnostics 29.11.2011
7 Operation, indication, diagnostics 7.1 Operation
7105
z04/
0707
nfo
The lockout reset button (info button) is the key operating element for resetting the burner control and for activating/deactivating the diagnostics functions.
LED
7106
z02
e/07
06 Red
Yellow
Green
The multicolor signal lamp is the key indicating element for visual diagnostics.
Both lockout reset button and signal lamp are located in the control panel. There are 2 diagnostics choices: 1. Visual diagnostics: Indication of operating state or diagnostics of cause of fault 2. Diagnostics: Via BCI to AZL2... display and operating unit Visual diagnostics: In normal operation, the different operating states are indicated in the form of color codes according to the color code table given below.
7.2 Indication of operating state During startup, state indication takes place according to the following table:
Color code table for multicolor signal lamp
State Color code Color
Waiting time, other waiting states ......................................... OFF Ignition phase, ignition controlled Blinking yellow Operation, flame o.k. .......................................... Green Operation, flame not o.k. Blinking green Extraneous light on burner startup Green-red Undervoltage Yellow-red Fault, alarm ......................................... Red Error code output (see Error code table)
Blinking red
Interface diagnostics Red flicker light Heating request ......................................... Yellow New program card Yellow-yellow-red
...... Steady on Red OFF Yellow Green
Legend
42/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 7 Operation, indication, diagnostics 29.11.2011
7.3 Diagnostics of cause of fault After lockout, the red fault signal lamp remains steady on. In that condition, visual diagnostics of cause of fault according to the error code table can be activated by pressing the lockout reset button (info button) for more than 3 seconds. Pressing the lockout reset button (info button) again for at least 3 seconds, interface diagnostics will be activated. If, by accident, interface diagnostics has been activated, in which case the slightly red light of the signal lamp flickers, it can be deactivated by pressing again the lockout reset button (info button) for >3 seconds. The instant of switching over is indicated by a yellow light pulse. The following sequence activates the diagnostics of cause of fault:
> 3 s
Lockout position
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
> 3 s < 3 s
7109
z04/
1008
ResetOn
Lockout position
nfo nfo nfo
> 3 s
nfo
Flashing
Error code tableInterface diagnostics
PC / analyzer
Visual diagnostics
Lockout position
Figure 7: Diagnostics of cause of fault
43/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 7 Operation, indication, diagnostics 29.11.2011
Error code table
Red blink code of fault signal lamp Possible cause
2 x blinks No establishment of flame at the end of the safety time - Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner, no fuel - Faulty ignition equipment
3 x blinks Air pressure switch faulty - Loss of air pressure after specified time - Air pressure switch welded in no-load position
4 x blinks Extraneous light on burner startup
5 x blinks Time supervision air pressure switch - Air pressure switch welded in working position
6 x blinks Actuator position not reached - Actuator faulty - Wrong adjustment of cam - Actuator defective or blocked - False connection - Misadjustment
7 x blinks Too many losses of flame during operation (limitation of repetitions) - Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner
8 x blinks Free
9 x blinks Free
10 x blinks Wiring error or internal error, output contacts, other faults
12 x blinks Valve proving - Fuel valve 1 leaking
13 x blinks Valve proving - Fuel valve 2 leaking
14 x blinks Error in connection with valve closure control POC
15 x blinks Error code ≥15 (e.g. depending on type of program module) Error code 20: Failure of gas pressure switch-min Error code 22: Error of safety loop
During the time the cause of fault is diagnosed, the control outputs are deactivated - Burner remains shut down - External fault indication (alarm) at terminal X2-03, pin 3 steady on Diagnostics of cause of fault is quit and the burner switched on again by resetting the burner control. Press the lockout reset button (info button) for about 1 second (<3 seconds).
44/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 8 Inputs/outputs 29.11.2011
8 Inputs/outputs
X2- 0
9X
7-0
2X
7-0
1X
7-04
X4
-02
X3
-04
X2
-01
X2
-02
X6-
03X
9-0
4X
5-0
1X
3-0
2X
5-03
X1
0-06
X10
-05
X76X66X65
7105
z03/
0710X56
Figure 8: Inputs/outputs
45/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 9 Basic unit 29.11.2011
9 Basic unit 9.1 Description of inputs and outputs This section covers the key features of the basic unit’s inputs and outputs. For exact use of the inputs and the activation of outputs, see chapter Sequence diagrams.
LME...
7105z14/0911
QRA...
X10
-06
1
2
Figure 9: Flame signal input X10-06
Connection choices: Ionization probe
QRA2.../QRA10...
QRA4.U
Flame signal input and flame detector X10–06
46/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 9 Basic unit 29.11.2011
9.2 Digital input 9.2.1 Safety Loop X3–04, terminal 1 and 2 Input for connection of the safety loop. When any of the series-connected contacts included in the loop opens, power supply to the fuel valves, the fan and the ignition equipment is instantly cut. The safety loop includes the following components: External burner switch (ON/OFF) Safety limiter/safety pressure limiter External control thermostat and/or pressurestat, if required Water shortage switch
LME...
7105z15e/1111
Safety loop(optional pressure switch-max (Pmax))
Supply signal for safety loop
Protective earth (PE)
Power supply (N)
ST
B
Wa
ter
sho
rta
ge
Si
L
1
2
3
4
5
Figure 10: Safety Loop X3-04
For diagnostic purposes, the contacts of the components included in the safety loop are combined for delivering the safety loop signal. If there is no such signal, the system initiates safety shutdown in any event. If, with Load controller ON/OFF) there is no signal from the safety loop (start prevention), error code LOC 22 is translated to text display. 9.2.2 Input for external controller (ON/OFF) X5–03, terminal 1 When the external control loop is closed, the internal input message Heat request is generated. A heat request exists when the external controller signal is pending and, depending on the configuration, a load controller calls for heat When there are no more requests for heat, the burner shuts down. The fuel valves are closed, either immediately when the timer has elapsed, or when the low-fire position is reached, depending on the parameter settings
Note Burner startup takes place only when this contact is closed.
LME...
7105z18e/1211
X5
-03
External load controller (ON/OFF)
External load controller OPEN/stage 2
“L” for controller control
ON/OFF1
Figure 11: Inputs for external load controller ON/OFF X5-03
47/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 9 Basic unit 29.11.2011
9.2.3 Air pressure switch X3–02 Input for connection of an air pressure switch. Air pressure is anticipated when the fan is switched on. If there is no air pressure signal, the system initiates lockout. The air pressure switch must have an NO contact. If no air pressure switch is required (e.g. when firing on oil), a wire link to the fan output must be fitted (X3-02 terminal 1 to X2-01 terminal 3).
Caution! The OEM must check to see whether the burner can be operated without air pressure switch. This may necessitate a special approval, depending on the type of application.
LME...
7105z17e/1111
X3-
02
Air pressure switch (LP)
“L” for air pressure switch (LP)2
1
Figure 12: Air pressure switch X3-02
48/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
10 PME71.401... 10.1 Program sequence PME71.401...
For connection diagram fuel train (G)
7105d69e/0611
M
Z
V1
V2a
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
R
LR-OPEN
Not active
LP
Pmin
ION / QRA
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operation unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t10 t3 t3n t4 t8
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown
t1 TSA
224 225 226 257 230 240 234
Relaycontact
Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-01 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number AZL2... 21 22 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 74 10
X2-02 Pin 4
240240 240 240 240
oP:P2 oP:P1
Phase number 7 segment in the LME... 21 22 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 74 10oP2 oP1
Not active
Not active
POC
Not active
Not active
Not active
POC
2nd stage 1st stage
Figure 13: Program sequence PME71.401... for connection diagram fuel train (G)
49/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP1/oP:P1 Operation of first stage
oP2/oP:P2 Operation of 2nd stage
10 Home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and release of load controller
74 Postpurge time
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
Key to phases
50/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
10.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
10.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-04
LME71.000...
Figure 14: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
10.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 2-stage
X7-01 X7-04
LME71.000...
V2a
Figure 15: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage
51/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105de Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
10.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.401... Type Times in seconds
PME71.401... tw TSA max.
t1 P225 min.
t3 P226min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t8 P234 min.
t10 P224
approx. 1) 2) 3)
Requirements 2.5 3 30 2 2.5 8 0 15 --- --- ---
Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 2.058 2.205+0.3 8.232 0 13.818 --- --- ---
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 1237 13.818 1 0.45 0.45
Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 0 0 0.3 0.3 ---
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 4.851 0.254 --- --- --- Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting
Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Legend tw Waiting time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) TSA Safety time t4 Interval: End of safety time – load controller release t1 Prepurge time t8 Postpurge time t3 Preignition time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time
52/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105de Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
10.4 LME71.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 16: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
53/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105de Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
10.5 Parameter list PME71.401... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit --- --- --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 --- Info SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 1 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 2.058 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time – load controller release Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 8.232 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 0 SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during
operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM
54/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105de Infrastructure & Cities Sector 10 PME71.401... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME71.000A1: 175 V
LME71.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
55/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
11 PME71.402... 11.1 Program sequence PME71.402...
For connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)
7105d70e/0611
M
Z
V1
PV
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
R
Not active
LP
Pmin
ION / QRA
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operation unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t10 t3 t3n t4 t8
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown
t1 TSA
224 225 226 257 231 240 234
Relaycontact
Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-01 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number AZL2... 21 22 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 74 10
X2-02 Pin 4
240240 240 240 240
oP:P1
Phase number 7 segment in the LME... 21 22 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 74 10oP1
Not active
Not active
POC
Not active
Not active
Not active
POC
50 50
Repetition in the event ofloss of flame during
operation (depending on parameter 240)
Not active
InputK7X7-04 Pin 3
t9
50 50
t22
K1
Figure 17: Program sequence PME71.402... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1)
56/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP1/oP:P1 Operation
10 Home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and fuel valve 1 ON
50 Part 1: Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON and pilot valve OFF Part 2: Response time
74 Postpurge time
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
Key to phases
57/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
11.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
11.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-01 X7-04
Dbr2
LME71.000...
Figure 18: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
11.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program Gp1/1 Gas pilot 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04
LME71.000...
Figure 19: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
58/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
11.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.402... Type Times in seconds
PME71.402... tw TSA max.
t1 P225 min.
t3 P226min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t8 P234min.
t9 P231
approx.
t10 P224
approx.
t22 approx.
1) 2) 3)
Requirements 2.5 3 30 3 2.5 3 15 3 15 --- --- --- ---
Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 3.087 2.205+0.3 3.234 19.404 2.646 13.818 t9+1 --- --- ---
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 1237 74.97 13.818 --- 1 0.45 0.45
Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 0 0 0 --- 0.3 0.3 ---
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 4.851 0.294 0.294 --- --- --- ---
Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting
Continuous pilot 0: OFF 1: ON
P247 0
Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Legend tw Waiting time t4 Interval: End of safety time – fuel valve 1 ON TSA Safety time t8 Postpurge time t1 Prepurge time t9 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON and pilot valve OFF t3 Preignition time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) t22 2nd safety time 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time
59/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
11.4 LME71.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 20: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
60/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
11.5 Parameter list PME71.402... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit --- --- --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 --- Info SO
^^ Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 1 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
61/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 3.087 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time – fuel valve 1 ON Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 3.234 s SO OEM 231 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON – pilot valve OFF Edit 0 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 2.646 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during
operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
247 Continuous pilot (during operation)
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM
62/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 11 PME71.402... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME71.000A1: 175 V
LME71.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
63/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12 PME71.901... 12.1 Program sequence PME71.901...
For connection diagram fuel train (G) without valve proving For connection diagram fuel train (G) with valve proving
7105d71e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Sp
eed
po
ints
P2 (high-fire)
P0 (ignition load)
P1 (low-fire)
0 (no-load speed)
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
Optional (LP)if P235=1
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
Not active
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function/inputs
Operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
if parameter P241 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 234
Relaycontact Function/outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PWMK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-01 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP: xx (actual load in %) 74
224
t11
POC
POC
Standbyspeed
Prepurge speed
Ignition load speed
High-fire speed
Modulation rangeLow-fire speed
Postpurge speed Purge speed
242 243 244 245240240240240240240
*1
*2
Figure 21: Program sequence PME71.901... for connection diagram fuel train (G)
64/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Modulation of fan motor speed toward high-fire Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request load controller CLOSED Part 5: Modulation of fan motor speed toward low-fire Part 6: Low-fired reached
10 Settling time, fan motor standby speed
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, fan motor speed is reduced to 0
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
24 Settling time, fan motor prepurge speed
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Speed settling time, fan motor ignition load speed
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and release of load controller
72 Speed stabilization time, fan motor postpurge speed
74 Part 1: Operation is ended, check if postpurging is programmed Part 2: Postpurge time
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Atmospheric pressure test
82 Test space is filled
83 Gas pressure test
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
*1 Valve proving, if P241 = 1 after main ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time) = 0 second
*2 Valve proving, if P241 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time) >0 second
Key to phases
65/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
12.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-04
LME71.000...X7-01
Figure 22: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
12.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage and valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage, with valve proving
X7-04
LME71.000...
V2X7-01
Figure 23: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
66/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12.2.3 Gas valve proving Valve proving is dependent on parameter 241. It is employed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, to prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d68e/1210
PLT
Fig. 24: Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
67/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
68/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.901... Type Times in seconds
PME71.901... tw TSA max.
t1 P225
4) min.
t3 P226 min.
t3n P257 ca.
t4 P230 min.
t8 P234
5) min.
t10 P224 ca.
t11 ca.
t12 ca.
1) 2) 3) td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max.
Requirement 2.5 3 20 3 2.5 15 4 15 60 60 --- --- --- 10 3 Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 19.404+2.1 3.087 2.205+0.3 15.582 4.851 13.818 58.212 58.212 --- --- --- 10.29 2.646
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 1237 13.818 --- --- 1 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 0 0 --- --- 0.3 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 4.851 0.294 --- --- --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Air pressure switch input 0 = inactive 1 = active
P235 0
Repetition in the event of loss of flame at the end of safety time <2: None = 2: 1 x = 3: 2 x = 4: 3 x
P240.00 0
Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240.01 0
Valve proving 0: inactive 1: active
P241.00 0
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 1
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Legend tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Preignition time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) td1 Test atmospheric pressure t4 Interval: End safety time - load controller release td2 Test gas pressure t8 Postpurge time td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON, after mains ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1
69/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12.4 LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 25: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
70/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
12.5 Parameter list PME71.901... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
123 Min. power control step Edit 1% 10% 0.1 2 SO SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 4 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
71/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter-
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Special time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6.174 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time - load controller release Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 9.408 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM
235 Air pressure switch input
0 = inactive
1 = active
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
240.00 Repetition counter
Limit value Loss of flame in operation
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
240.01 Repetition counter
Limit value No flame end of safety time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving
0 = during prepurge time
1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving
0 = according to P241.01
1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM
400 Ratio control (operation)
403.00 Fan speed: Ignition load speed (P0) Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 3000 rpm HF HF
403.01 Fan speed: Low-fire speed (P1) Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 1200 rpm HF HF
403.02 Fan speed: High-fire speed (P2) Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 5700 rpm HF HF
72/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
500 Ratio control
503.00 No-flame speeds PWM fan: Standby speed Edit 0 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 0 rpm SO SO 503.01 No-flame speeds PWM fan: Purge speed Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 5700 rpm SO SO 516.00 Speed limit ignition load P0: Minimum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 800 rpm SO OEM
516.01 Speed limit ignition load P0: Maximum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 9000 rpm SO OEM
517.00 Speed limit low-fire P1: Minimum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 800 rpm SO OEM
517.01 Speed limit low-fire P1: Maximum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 9000 rpm SO OEM
518.00 Speed limit high-fire P2: Minimum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 800 rpm SO OEM
518.01 Speed limit high-fire P2: Maximum limit Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 9000 rpm SO OEM
519 Maximum fan speed Edit 3000 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 5830 rpm SO OEM
522 Ramp-up low-fire high-fire Edit 2.058 s 74.970 s 0.294 s 14,994 s SO OEM
523 Ramp-down high-fire low-fire Edit 2.058 s 74.970 s 0.294 s 14,994 s SO OEM
558 Mode: UDS status information 0 = PC tool mode 1 = PWM mode 2 = actuator mode 3 = internally 4 = internally 5 = internally
Read only 0 5 1 0 SO ---
559 PWM mode 0 = open loop control 1 = PID control 2 = safety mode (PWM limits)
Edit 0 2 1 1 SO OEM
560 Mode: Pneumatic ratio control 0 = OFF 1 = PWM fan 2 = air damper actuator
Read only 0 2 1 1 SO ---
73/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
600 Power setting
644 Number of pulses per revolution Edit 2 5 1 3 SO OEM
646 Settling time for assessment of speed Edit 1.029 s 2.058 s 0.147 s 2,058 s SO OEM
650.00 Speed tolerance band: Speed shutdown Edit 1% 5% 1% 1% SO OEM
650.01 Speed tolerance band: Quick speed shutdown Edit 1% 10% 1% 3% SO OEM
654 Analog input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required) 0 = 3-position step input 1 = 0...10 V 2 = 0...135 3 = 0...20 mA 4 = 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA 5 = 4...20 mA
Edit 0 5 1 1 SO SO
658.00 PWM values fan: Start PWM Edit 1% 100% 1% 25% SO OEM
658.01 PWM values fan: Min. PWM operating range Edit 0% 20% 1% 0% SO OEM
658.02 PWM values fan: Max. PWM operating range Edit 80% 100% 1% 100% SO OEM
659.00 Ramp time of fan: Min. low-fire to high-fire Read only 0 s 74.970 s 0.294 s 2,058 s SO ---
659.01 Ramp time of fan: Max. low-fire to high-fire Read only 0 s 74,.70 s 0.294 s 74,970 s SO ---
659.02 Ramp time of fan: Min. high-fire to low-fire Read only 0 s 74.970 s 0.294 s 2,058 s SO ---
659.03 Ramp time of fan: Max. high-fire to low-fire Read only 0 s 74.970 s 0.294 s 74,970 s SO ---
660 Tolerance time speed deviation Read only 0 s 37.85 s 0.147 s 4,998 s SO ---
674 Neutral band (permitted control offset) Edit 0 rpm 255 rpm 1 rpm 40 rpm SO OEM
675.00 PWM: Min. PWM with prepurging, SEC Edit 0% 100% 1% 86% SO OEM
675.01 PWM: Max. PWM with ignition load, SEC Edit 0% 100% 1% 34% SO OEM
676 Gain factor speed control Read only 0 255 1 112 SO ---
677 Integral action time speed control Read only 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 0,441 s SO ---
678 Derivative action time speed control Read only 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 0 s SO ---
679.00 Time constant PT1 speed control: Lower speed range high-fire to low-fire
Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6,027 s SO OEM
679.01 Time constant PT1 speed control: Medium speed range high-fire to low-fire
Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6,027 s SO OEM
679.02 Time constant PT1 speed control: Upper speed range high-fire to low-fire
Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6,027 s SO OEM
679.03 Time constant PT1 speed control: Total speed range low-fire to high-fire
Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6,027 s SO OEM
680.00 Speed range for PT1 time constant: Threshold upper speed range Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 4000 rpm SO OEM
680.01 Speed range for PT1 time constant: Threshold lower speed range Edit 800 rpm 9000 rpm 10 rpm 2000 rpm SO OEM
74/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 12 PME71.901... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
700 Error history
701.00 Current error: Error code Read only 2 255 1 --- Service ---
701.01 Current error: Startup meter reading Read only 0 999999 1 --- Service ---
701.02 Current error: MMI phase Read only --- --- --- --- Service ---
701.03 Current error: Power value Read only 0% 100% 1 --- Service ---
702.00 Error history former 1: Error code Read only 2 255 1 --- Service ---
702.01 Error history o1: Startup meter reading Read only 0 999999 1 --- Service ---
702.02 Error history o1: MMI phase Read only --- --- --- --- Service ---
702.03 Error history o1: Power value Read only 0% 100% 1 --- Service ---
•
•
•
711.00 Error history former 10: Error code Read only 2 255 1 --- Service ---
711.01 Error history former 10: Startup meter reading Read only 0 999999 1 --- Service ---
711.02 Error history former 10: MMI phase Read only --- --- --- --- Service ---
711.03 Error history former 10: Power value Read only 0% 100% 1 --- Service ---
900 Process data
920 Current PWM signal fan Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME71.000A1: 175 V
LME71.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
75/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13 PME72.521... 13.1 Program sequence PME72.521...
For connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)
7105d72e/0611
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Cam V2
Ignition load / low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
ION
Not active
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operation unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown
t1 TSA
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
K1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 oP: P1 74
t11
POC
POC
Not active
Not active
Not active
SV
V2aX7-01 Pin 3
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input from cam V2X2-09 Pin 8
Output from cam V2K2/2X2-09 Pin 7
t11 t12
Figure 26: Program sequence PME72.521... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1)
76/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP:P1 Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) ON by actuator Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request load controller CLOSE Part 5: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) OFF by actuator Part 6: Low-fire reached
10 Actuator travels to the CLOSED position, home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and release of load controller
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended Part 2: Postpurge time
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
Key to phases
77/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
13.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-04
LME73.000...X7-01
Figure 27: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
13.2.2 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 2-stage
SV
V1
Program Gp1/1 Gas direct 1, 2-stage
V2a
X7-01 X7-04
LME72.000...
Figure 28: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 2-stage
78/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.3 Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME72.521... 1-/2-stage modulating Without pilot ignition Without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d06
e/10
09
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Figure 29: Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
79/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.4 Connection diagram for LME72.000... without actuator SQM4...
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME72.521... 1-stage Without actuator
With/without valve proving
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut t
o ca
m V
2O
utp
ut t
o ca
m V
2
71
05d3
5e/1
00
9
Figure 30: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
When using the LME72.000... without actuator according to application Gas direct
ignition (G), 1-stage or gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving, wire link Dbr4 must be fitted to the actuator’s X2-09 as shown above
Parameter P515.01 must be set to 0
80/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME72.521... Type Times in seconds
PME72.521... tw TSA max.
t1 min.
t3 min.
t3n approx.
t4 min.
t8 min.
t10 approx.
t11 approx.
t12 approx.
1) 2) 3)
Requirement 2.5 3 30 6 2.5 9 15 15 300 300 --- --- ---
Factory setting --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Max. 2.5 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 0.45 0.45
Min. --- --- 30 6 --- 9 15 --- --- --- 0.3 0.3 ---
Step size --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Legend tw Waiting time t4 Interval: End of safety time – load controller release TSA Safety time t8 Postpurge time t1 Prepurge time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) t3 Preignition time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t3n Postignition time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time
81/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.6 LME72.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 31: LME72.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
82/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
13.7 Parameter list PME72.521... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit --- --- --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 --- Info SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
83/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 13 PME72.521... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME72.000A1: 175 V
LME72.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
84/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14 PME72.541... 14.1 Program sequence PME72.541...
For connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)
7105d73e/0611
M
Z
PV
V1
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Cam V2
Ignition load / low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
ION
Not active
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operation unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown
t1 TSA
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
K1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
X7-04 Pin 4
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 oP: P1 74
t11
POC
POC
Not active
Not active
Not active
SV
V2X7-02 Pin 3
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input Dbr3 for PVX2-09 Pin 8
Output Dbr3 for PVK2/2X2-09 Pin 3
t11 t12
50 50
t22
t9 t5
Figure 32: Program sequence PME72.541... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1)
85/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP:P1 Part 1: Interval: Pilot valve OFF – release of load controller Part 2: Request load controller OPEN Part 3: Modulation of actuator toward high-fire Part 4: High-fire reached Part 5: Request load controller CLOSE Part 6: Modulation of actuator toward low-fire Part 7: Low-fire reached
10 Actuator travels to the CLOSED position, home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and fuel valve 1 ON
50 Part 1: Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON and pilot valve OFF Part 2: Response time
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended Part 2: Postpurge time
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
Key to phases
86/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
14.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-04
LME72.000...X7-01
Figure 33: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
14.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program Gp1/1 Gas pilot 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04
LME72.000...
Figure 34: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
87/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.3 Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME72.541... 1-stage modulating With pilot ignition Without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d09
e/10
09
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut P
VO
utp
ut P
V
Figure 35: Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
88/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.4 Connection diagram for LME72.000... without actuator SQM4...
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME72.541... 1-stage With pilot ignition Without actuator
With/Without valve proving
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut p
ilot
valv
e P
VO
utpu
t pi
lot
valv
e P
V
710
5d8
5e/1
111
Figure 36: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
When using the LME72.000... without actuator according to application Gas direct
ignition (G), 1-stage or gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving, wire link Dbr4 must be fitted to the actuator’s X2-09 as shown above
Parameter P515.01 must be set to 0
89/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME72.541...
Type Times in seconds
PME72.541... tw TSA max.
t1 min.
t3 min.
t3n approx.
t4 min.
t5 min.
t8 min.
t9 approx.
t10 approx.
t11 approx.
t12 approx.
t22 1) 2) 3)
Requirement 2.5 3 30 6 2.5 9 8.5 15 3 15 300 300 t9+1 --- --- ---
Factory setting --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Max. 2.5 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 0.45 0.45
Min. --- --- 30 6 --- 9 8.5 15 --- --- --- --- --- 0.3 0.3 ---
Step size --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Legend tw Waiting time t8 Postpurge time TSA Safety time t9 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON - pilot valve OFF t1 Prepurge time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) t3 Preignition time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t3n Postignition time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t4 Interval: End of safety time - fuel valve 1 ON t22 2nd safety time t5 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time
90/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.6 LME72.000..: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 37: LME72.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
91/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
14.7 Parameter list PME72.541... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Interne Parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 --- Info SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
92/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 14 PME72.541... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME72.000A1: 175 V
LME72.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
93/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15 PME73.810... 15.1 Program sequence PME73.810...
For connection diagram fuel train (G) without valve proving For connection diagram fuel train (G) with valve proving For connection diagram actuator application example 1
7105d74e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2a
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Cam V2
Ignition load / low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-AUF
LR-ZU
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
Not active
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operation unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
setzung If parameter P241 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
K1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-01 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP: xx (Istleistung in %) 74
224
t11
POC
POC
240 240 240 240 240 240 242 243 244 245
t11 t12
SV
V2K9X7-02 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-ZX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input from cam V2X2-09 Pin 8
Output from cam V2X2-09 Pin 7 K2/2
*) *) *) *)*)
*1
*2
Figure 38: Program sequence PME73.810... for connection diagram fuel train (G) *) During the actuator running phases, the actuator feedback signal must be OFF first, then ON. *1 Valve proving when P241 = 1 after mains ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time t8) = 0 seconds *2 Valve proving when P241 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time t8) >0 seconds
94/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) ON by actuator Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request losf controller CLOSE Part 5: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) OFF by actuator Part 6: Low-fire eached
10 Actuator travels to the CLOSED position, home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Valve proving when… parameter 241 = 1 after power ON lockout, or parameter 234 (postpurge time) = 0 seconds Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and release of load controller
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended, check if postpurging is programmed Part 2: Postpurge time Valve proving when… parameter 241 = 1, and parameter 234 (postpurge time) >0 seconds
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Atmospheric pressure test
82 Test space is filled
83 Gas pressure test
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
*) During the actuator’s running phases, the actuator’s feedback signal must firbe OFF, then ON
*1 Valve proving when P241 = 1 after mains ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time) = 0 seconds
*2 Valve proving when P241 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time) >0 seconds
Key to phases
95/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
15.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X7-04
LME73.000...X7-01
Figure 39: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
15.2.2 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 2-stage
X7-01 X7-04
LME73.000...
V2a
Figure 40: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage
96/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.2.3 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage, with valve proving
X7-04
LME73.000...
V2X7-02
Figure 41: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
15.2.4 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 2-stage, with valve proving
X7-01LME73.000...
V2a
V2X7-02 X7-04
Figure 42: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
97/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.2.5 Gas valve proving Valve proving is dependent on parameter 241. It is employed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, to prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d68e/1210
PLT
Fig. 43: Valve proving with separat pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
98/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
99/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.810... 1-/2-stage modulating Without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d11e
/100
9
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut o
f cam
V2
Out
put
of c
am V
2
X66
ASZ12.33
a b c
Terminal X66on LME73.000...
Type
SQNx1...SQMx1...SQNx0...SQMx0...
2 (Sig
nal)
3 (GN
D)
a b ca b c
abcabc
Terminal potentiometer(1 kOhm conductiveplastic 90°) ASZxx30
Rotation direction
Clo
ckw
ise
Co
un
ter-
cloc
kwis
e
XX
XX
------
------
Figure 44: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
100/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.4 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.810... Type Times in seconds
PME73.810... tw TSA max.
t1 P225
4) min.
t3 P226min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t8 P234
5) min.
t10 P224
approx.
t11 P259
approx.
t12 P260
approx. 1) 2) 3)
td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max.
Requirement 2.5 3 30 6 2.5 9 15 15 300 300 --- --- --- 10 3 Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 6.174 2.205+0.3 9.408 19.404 13.818 300.762 300.762 --- --- --- 10.29 2.646
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 1237 13.818 1237 1237 1 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 0 0 0 0 0.3 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 4.851 0.294 4.851 4.851 --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Repetition in the event of lost of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Valve proving 0: Inactive 1: Active
P241.00 1
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 1
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
P515 1
Legend tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Preignition time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) td1 Test atmospheric pressure t4 Interval: End safety time - load controller release td2 Test gas pressure t8 Postpurge time td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON, after mains ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1
101/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.5 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 45: LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
102/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
15.6 Parameter list PME73.810... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
123 Min. power control step Edit 1% 10% 0.1 2 SO SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 4 SO SO
164 Numbers of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
103/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter-
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Special time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6.174 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time - load controller release Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 9.408 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x Repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving
0 = during prepurge time
1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving
0 = according to P241.01
1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM 259 Opening time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM 515 Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time
0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
104/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 15 PME73.810... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
600 Power setting
654 Analog input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required)
0 = 3-position step input
1 = 0...10 V
2 = 0...135
3 = 0...20 mA
4 = 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA
5 = 4...20 mA
Edit 0 5 1 1 SO SO
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME73.000A1: 175 V
LME73.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
105/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16 PME73.820... 16.1 Program sequence PME73.820...
For connection diagram fuel train (G)
7105d75e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2a
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Cam V2
Ignition load / low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
Not active
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
If parameter P241.00 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
K1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-01 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP1 74
224
t11
POC
POC
240 240 240 240 240 240 242 243 244 245
t11 t12
SV
V2K9X7-02 Pin3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-ZX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input from cam V2X2-09 Pin 8
Output from cam V2X2-09 Pin 7 K2/2
*) *) *) *)
Phase number AZL2...
Phase number 7 segment in the LME...
21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP:P1 74
230
Not active
Not active
*)
*1
*2
Figure 46: Program sequence PME73.820... for connection diagram fuel train (G)
*) During the actuator running phases, the actuator feedback signal must be OFF first, then ON.
*1 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 after mains ON, lockout, P234 (postpurge time t8) P241.01 = 0 second or
*2 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time t8) >0 second and P241.01 = 1
106/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP1/oP:P1 Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) ON by actuator Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request load controller CLOSE Part 5: Switching point fuel valve 2a (2nd stage) OFF by actuator Part 6: Low-flame reached
10 Actuator travels to the CLOSED position, home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabilization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Valve proving when… parameter 241.00 = 1 after power ON, lockout, or parameter 234 (postpurge time) = 0 second or parameter 241.01 = 1 Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and release of load controller
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended, check if postpurging is programmed Part 2: Postpurge time Valve proving when… parameter 241.00 = 1, and parameter 234 (postpurge time) >0 seconds, and parameter 241.01 = 1
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Atmospheric pressure test
82 Test space is filled
83 Gas pressure test
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
*) During the actuator’s running phases, the actuator’s feedback signal must first be OFF, then ON
*1 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 after mains ON, lockout, P234 (postpurge time) P241.01 = 0 second
*2 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time) >0 second
Key to phases
107/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
16.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct, 1-stage
X7-04
LME73.000...
Figure 47: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
16.2.2 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 2-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1, 2-stage
X7-01 X7-04
LME73.000...
V2a
Figure 48: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (G), 2-stage
108/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.2.3 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage, with valve proving
X7-04
LME73.000...
V2X7-02
Figure 49: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
16.2.4 Gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 2-stage, with valve proving
X7-01LME73.000...
V2a
V2X7-02 X7-04
Figure 50: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output AUX Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
109/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.2.5 Gas valve proving Valve proving is dependent on parameter 241. It is employed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, to prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d68e/1210
PLT
Figure 51: Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
110/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
111/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.820... 1-/2-stage modulating Without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d15
e/10
09
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut to
cam
V2
Out
put
to
cam
V2
Figure 52: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
112/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.820... 1-stage Without actuator
With/without valve proving
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut t
o ca
m V
2O
utp
ut t
o ca
m V
2
71
05d3
5e/1
00
9
Figure 53: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
When using the LME73.000... without actuator according to application Gas direct
ignition (G), 1-stage, gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving, wire link Dbr4 must be fitted to the actuator’s X2-09 as shown above
Parameter P515.01 must be set to 0
113/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.5 Time tables and settings for program sequence PME73.820... Type Times in seconds
PME73.820... tw TSA max.
t1 P225
4) min.
t3 P226 min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t8 P234
5) min.
t10 P224
approx.
t11 P259
approx.
t12 P260
approx. 1) 2) 3)
td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max.
Requirements 2.5 3 30 6 2.5 9 15 15 300 300 --- --- --- 10 3 Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 6.174 2.205+0.3 9.408 19.404 13.818 300.762 300.762 --- --- --- 10.29 2.646
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 1237 13.818 1237 1237 1 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 0 0 0 0 0.3 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 4.851 0.294 4.851 4.851 --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Valve proving 0: Inactive 1: active
P241.00 1
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 1
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
P515.00 1
Application with/without actuator 0: Without actuator 1: With actuator
P515.01 1
Legend tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Preignition time td1 Test atmospheric pressure t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) td2 Test gas pressure t4 Interval: End of safety time - load controller release td3 Test space filling t8 Postpurge time td4 Test space evacuating 1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON), after mains ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1
114/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 54: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
115/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
16.7 Parameter list PME73.820... (AZL2...) Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 1 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
116/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6.174 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time - load controller release Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 9.408 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x Repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving
0 = during prepurge time
1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving
0 = according to P241.01
1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM 259 Opening time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM 515.00 Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time
0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
515.01 Application with/without actuator 0: Without actuator 1: With actuator
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
117/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 16 PME73.820... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME73.000A1: 175 V
LME73.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
118/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17 PME73.830... 17.1 Program sequence PME73.830...
For connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2)
7105d76e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Low-fire
Ignition load
CLOSE
R
LR-AUF
LR-ZU
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t11 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
If parameter P241.00 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
224 225 226 257 230 231 232 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 50 50 72 74 10 80 81 82 83
t9 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input bridge for PVX2-09 Pin 8
Output PVX2-09 Pin 7
36
260
t22
74
t8
242 243 244 245259
POC
POC
*) *) *) *) *)
K4
K2/2
240240 240 240 240 240
*1
*2
Figure 55: Program sequence PME73.830... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2) *) During the actuator running phases, the actuator feedback signal must be OFF first, then ON. *1 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 after mains ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time t8) or P241.01 = 0 second *2 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time t8) >0 second and P241.01 = 1
119/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP:xx Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Modulation of actuator toward high-fire Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request load controller CLOSE Part 5: Modulation of actuator toward low-fire Part 6: Low-fire reached
oP:P1 Interval: Pilot valve OFF and release of load controller
10 Actuator travels to the CLOSED position, home run
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabelization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Valve proving when… parameter 241 = 1 after power ON lockout, or parameter 234 (postpurge time) = 0 seconds Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and fuel valve 1 ON
50 Part 1: Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON and pilot valve OFF Part 2: Response time
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended, check if postpurging is programmed Part 2: Postpurge time Valve proving when… parameter 241 = 1, and parameter 234 (postpurge time) >0 seconds
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Atmospheric pressure test
82 Test space is filled
83 Gas pressure test
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
*) During the actuator’s running phases, the actuator’s feedback signal must first be OFF, then ON
*1 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 after mains ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time) or P241.01 = 0 second
*2 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time) >0 second
Key to phases
120/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples) 17.1.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut P
VO
utp
ut P
V
LME73.000...
X7-04
LME73.000...X7-01
Figure 56: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
17.1.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program Gp1/1 Gas pilot 1, 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04
LME73.000...
Figure 57: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
121/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.1.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program Gp1/2 Gas pilot 1, 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04V2
X7-02
LME73.000...
Figure 58: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
17.1.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program Gp1/2 Gas direct 1, 1-stage
V2X7-02
LME73.000...
X7-04X7-01
Figure 59: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output AUX Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
122/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.1.5 Gas valve proving Valve proving is depending on parameter 241. This is valve proving designed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d68e/1210
PLT
Figure 60: Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
123/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
124/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.2 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.830... 1-stage modulating With/without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d19e
/100
9
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inpu
t Db
r3 fo
r P
VO
utp
ut P
V
X66
ASZ12.33
a b c
Terminal X66on LME73.000...
Type
SQNx1...SQMx1...SQNx0...SQMx0...
2 (Sig
nal)
3 (GN
D)
a b ca b c
abcabc
Terminal potentiometer(1 kOhm conductiveplastic 90°) ASZxx30
Rotation direction
Clo
ckw
ise
Cou
nte
r-cl
ockw
ise
XX
XX
------
------
Figure 61: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
125/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.3 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.830... Type Times in seconds
PME73.830... tw TSA max.
t1 P225
4) min.
t3 P226 min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t5 P232min.
t8 P234
5) min.
t9 P231
approx.
t10 P224
approx.
t11 P259
approx.
t12 P260
approx. t22 1) 2) 3)
td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max.
Requirement 2.5 3 30 6 2.5 9 8.5 15 3 15 300 300 t9+1 --- --- --- 10 3 Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 6.174 2.205+0.3 9.408 8.82 19.404 2.646 13.818 300.762 300.762 --- --- --- --- 10.29 2.646
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 74.97 1237 74.97 13.818 1237 1237 --- 1 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 2.058 0 0 0 0 0 --- 0.3 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 0.294 4.851 0.294 0.294 4.851 4.851 --- --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Valve proving 0: Inactive 1: Active
P241.00 1
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 1
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
P515 1
Legend tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Preignition time t22 2nd safety time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) t4 Interval: End of safety time - fuel valve 1 ON td1 Test atmospheric pressure t5 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release td2 Test gas pressure t8 Postpurge time td3 Test space filling t9 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON - pilot valve OFF td4 Test space evacuating 1) Response time to a change of signal by air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON), after mains ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1
126/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.4 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 62: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
127/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
17.5 Parameter list PME73.830... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
123 Min. power control step Edit 1% 10% 0.1 2 SO SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 4 1 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
128/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6.174 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time - fuel valve 1 ON Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 9.408 s SO OEM 231 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON - pilot valve OFF Edit 0 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 2.646 s SO OEM 232 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release Edit 2.058 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 8.820 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x Repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving
0 = during prepurge time
1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving
0 = according to P241.01
1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 247 Continuous pilot (during operation)
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM 259 Opening time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM 515 Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time
0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
129/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 17 PME73.830... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
600 Power setting
654 Analog input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required)
0 = 3-position step input
1 = 0...10 V
2 = 0...135
3 = 0...20 mA
4 = 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA
5 = 4...20 mA
Edit 0 5 1 1 SO SO
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0.01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME73.000A1: 175 V
LME73.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
130/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18 PME73.831… 18.1 Program sequence PME73.831…
For connection diagram fuel trains G/Gp1/Gp2 (without valve proving)
7105d60e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Ignition load
Low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
QRB / QRC
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
If parameter P241 =1 (ON)
Can beparameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 230 231 260 232 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 50 54 54 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP1
t9 t12 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Output SA-ZL camsK2/2X2-09 Pin 7
Input SA-ZL camsX2-09 Pin 8
X2-02 Pin 4
*3
*1 *2
*3
*4
*1
*2
Fig. 63: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2)
Version 1: Ignition load < low-fire Prepurging in high-fire Parameter 515 = 1 (requirement parameter 259.01 > 0 seconds)
131/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
7105d61e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Ignition load
Low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
QRB / QRC
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving *4
If parameter P241 =1 (ON)
parametrierbart1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 230 231 260 232 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 50 54 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP1
t9 t12 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Output SA-ZL camsK2/2X2-09 Pin 7
Inputs SA-ZL camsX2-09 Pin 8
X2-02 Pin 4
*3
*1 *2
*3
oP:xx(actual power in %)
*1
*2
Fig. 64: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2)
Version 2: Ignition load > low-fire Prepurging in high-fire Parameter 515 = 1 (requirement parameter 259.01 = 0 seconds)
132/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
7105d62e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Ignition load
Low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-AUF
LR-ZU
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
QRB / QRC
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Vavle proving *4
If parameter P241 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 260 226 257 230 231 260 232 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 50 54 54 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP1
t9 t12 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Output SA-ZL camsK2/2X2-09 Pin 7
Input SA-ZL camsX2-09 Pin 8
X2-02 Pin 4
24
t12
260
*3
*1 *2
*3
*1
*2
Fig. 65: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2)
Version 3: Ignition load < low-fire Prepurging in low-fire Parameter 515 = 0
(requirement: - parameter 259.01 > 0 seconds and - parameter 259.02 = 0)
133/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
7105d67e/1111
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Ignition load
Low-fire
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
QRB / QRC
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t8 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving *4
If parameter P241 =1 (ON)
Can beparameterized
t1 TSA
259 225 226 257 230 231 260 232 234
Relaycontact Function /outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 21 22 24 22 30 30 36 38 40 42 44 50 54 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 oP1
t9 t12 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Output SA-ZL camsK2/2X2-09 Pin 7
Input SA-ZL camsX2-09 Pin 8
X2-02 Pin 4
*3
*1 *2
*3
24
t12
260
36
260
oP:xx(actual power in %)
*1
*2
*) *) *) *) *)
Fig. 66: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2)
Version 4: Ignition load > low-fire Prepurging in low-fire Parameter 515 = 0
(requirement: - parameter 259.01 = 0 and - parameter 259.02 > 0 seconds)
134/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP Operation, modulating operation
oP1 Interval to release of preset load controller (analog or 3-position step input)
01 Undervoltage
02 Safety loop open
04 Extraneous light on burner startup (timeout/lockout after 30 seconds)
08 Power ON/test phase (e.g. detector test)
10 Shutdown, actuator travels to the CLOSED position (home run)
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch OFF, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabelization of air pressure switch
24 Actuator in prepurge position fahren
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Valve proving when… parameter 241.00 = 1 after power ON, lockout, or parameter 234 (postpurge time) = 0 second or parameter 241.01 = 1 Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test
36 Part 1: Actuator opens to a position > ignition load Part 2: Actuator closes until ignition load position is reached
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and fuel valve 2 ON
50 2nd safety time
54 Parameter 259.01: Actuator opens to a position > low-fire Parameter 260: Actuator closes until low-fire position is reached
72 Operation is ended, check if valve proving shall be conducted
74 Postpurging
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Proving time fuel valve 1
82 Test space is filled
83 Proving time fuel valve 2
90 Pressure switch-min open → safety shutdown
*) During the actuator running phases, the actuator feedback signal must be OFF first, then ON.
*1 Valve proving is conducted when… - parameter 241.00 = 1 and parameter 241.02 = 1, or - parameter 241.00 = 1 and parameter 241.01 = 0
*2 Valve proving is conducted when… - parameter 241.00 = 1 and parameter 241.02 = 1, or - parameter 241.00 = 1 and parameter 241.01 = 1
*3 Valve proving is not conducted
*4 Valve proving only in fuel trains G and Gp1
Key to phases
135/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.2 Connection diagrams for fuel applications (examples)
18.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, without valve proving
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stage
X2-02
PE N L
LT (
ON
/OF
F)
LME73.000...
X7-04
LME73.000...X7-01
Fuel valve control
X7-01:X7-04: V1X7-02
t1 t3 TSA t4 t9 Operationt5
Fig. 67: Connection diagram fuel application gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, without valve proving
18.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 2 (Gp2), 1-stage, without valve proving,
simultaneously ignition burner
SV
V1
Program Gp2 Gas pilot 2, 1-stage
PV
X7-02 X7-04
LME73.000...
Fuel valve control
X7-01:X7-04: PVX7-02: V1
t1 t3 TSA t4 t9 Operationt5
X2-02
PE N L
LT
(O
N/O
FF
)
LME73.000...
Fig. 68: Connection diagram fuel application gas pilot ignition 2 (Gp2), 1-stage, without valve proving
136/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.2.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1), 1-stage, with valve proving, alternate burning ignition burner
SV V1
Program Gp1 Gas pilot 1, 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04V2
X7-02
LME73.000...
Fuel valve control
X7-01: PVX7-04: V1X7-02: V2
t1 t3 TSA t4 t9 Operationt5
Fif. 69: Connection diagram fuel application gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1), 1-stage, with valve proving
18.2.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program G Gas direct 1, 1-stage
V2X7-02
LME73.000...
X7-04X7-01
Fuel valve control
X7-01:X7-04: V1X7-02: V2
t1 t3 TSA t4 t9 Operationt5
Fig 70: Connection diagram fuel application gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output AUX Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
137/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.2.5 Valve proving of gas valves Valve proving is dependent on parameter 241 and/or on the input of valve proving ON/OFF (X2-02). This is valve proving designed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d63e/1210
PLT
Fig. 71: Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
138/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
139/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application! PME73.831... 1-stage modulating
With/without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIV
IV
III
II
7105
d65e
/121
0
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inpu
t SA
-ZL
cam
sO
utpu
t SA
-ZL
cam
s
X66
ASZ12.33
a b c
Type
SQNx1...SQMx1...SQNx0...SQMx0...
2 (Sig
nal
)
3 (GN
D)
a b ca b c
abcabc
Terminal potentiometer(1 kOhm conductive 90°)ASZxx30
Direction ofrotation
Clo
ckw
ise
Co
unte
r-cl
ock
wis
e
------
------
Ignition load
Low-fireCLOSE
High-fire
Only required for modulation viaanalog signal (0...10 V, 4...20 mA,0... 135 Ohm) (parameter 560 = 2)!
Caution! Pilot valve is switched via the actuator’s cam. Observe technical data of actuator!
Fig. 72: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 2)
140/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 2)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.831... 1-stage modulating With/without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIV
IV
III
II
71
05d
64e
/12
10
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inp
ut S
A-Z
L ca
ms
Ou
tpu
t SA
-ZL
cam
sX66
ASZ12.33
a b c
Type
SQNx1...SQMx1...SQNx0...SQMx0...
2 (Sig
nal
)
3 (GN
D)
a b ca b c
abcabc
Terminal potentiometer(1 kOhm conductive 90°)ASZxx30
Direction ofrotation
Clo
ckw
ise
Co
unte
r-cl
ock
wis
e
------
------
N
External relayfor pilot valve
Ignition load
Low-fire
CLOSE
High-fire
Only required for modulation viaanalog signal (0...10 V, 4...20 mA,0... 135 Ohm) (parameter 560 = 2)!
Only required if switching loadof cam switch in the actuatorIs lower than the current consumption of the pilot valve!
Fig. 73: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
141/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.831... Type Time in seconds
PME73.831... tw TSA max.
t1
P225 4) min.
t3 P226 min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t5 P232min.
t8 P234
5) min.
t9 P231
approx.
t10 P224
approx.
t11 P259
approx.
t12 P260
approx. t22
P2541)
2)
3)
td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max.
Requirement 2.5 3 30 2 2.5 3 8.5 0 3 12 65 65 t9+P254(1/3) --- --- --- 10 3 Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 2.058 2.205+0.3 3.234 8.82 0 2.94 12.054 67.914 67.914 --- 1 --- --- 10.29 2.646
Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 74.97 1237 74.97 13.818 1237 1237 --- 3 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 2.058 0 0 0 0 0 --- 1 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 0.294 4.851 0.294 0.294 4.851 4.851 --- --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Type Time in seconds
PME73.831...
P259.01 approx.
P259.02 approx.
Requirement 15 15 Factory setting 14.994 14.994
Max. 37.485 37.485 Min. 0 0
Step size 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Valve proving 0: Inactive 1: Active
P241.00 1
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 0
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Response time flame error or air pressure switch error 0: 1 second 1: 3 seconds
P254 0
Intermittent operation after 24 hours of continuous operation 0: OFF 1: ON
P239 1
Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
P515 1
142/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Legend
tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Preignition time t22 2nd safety time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) td1 Test atmospheric pressure t4 Interval: End of ignition safety time – fuel valve 2 ON td2 Test gas pressure t5 Interval: Pilot valve OFF – release of load controller td3 Test space is filled t8 Postpurge time td4 Test space evacuating t9 Interval: Fuel valve 2 ON – pilot valve OFF
1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON), after power ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1 P259.01 Actuator running time from ignition load to a position > low-fire P259.02 Actuator running time from low-fire to a position > ignition load
143/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Fig. 74: LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
144/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
18.7 Parameter list PME73.831... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
123 Min. power control step Edit 1% 10% 0,1 2 SO SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 4 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
145/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 12.054 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 2.058 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of ignition safety time – fuel valve 1 ON Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 3.234 s SO OEM 231 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON – pilot valve OFF Edit 0 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 2.940 s SO OEM 232 Interval: Pilot valve OFF – release of load controller Edit 2.058 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 8.820 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 0 s SO OEM 239 Intermittent operation after 24 hours of continuous operation
0 = OFF 1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation
0 = none
1 = none
2 = 1 x Repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF
1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving
0 = during prepurge time
1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving
0 = according to P241.01
1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 247 Dauerpilot (während Betrieb)
0 = Aus 1 = Ein
einstellbar 0 1 1 0 HF OEM
254 Response time detector error 0 = 1 s 1 = 3 s
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.47 s 2.205 s SO OEM
146/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Parameter
number
Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from
level
Password level
writing from level
259.00 Opening time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 67.914 s SO OEM
259.01 Opening time of actuator from ignition load to low-fire position Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 14.994 s SO OEM
259.02 Opening time of actuator from low-fire to ignition load position Edit 0 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 14.994 s SO OEM
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 67.914 s SO OEM
515 Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
560 Pneumatic combustion control 0 = off/3-step modulation 1 = PWM fan/analog modulation 2 = air damper/analog modulation (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required)
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO SO
600 Power setting
654 Analog input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required)
0 = 3-position step input
1 = 0...10 V
2 = 0...135
3 = 0...20 mA
4 = 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA
5 = 4...20 mA
Edit 0 5 1 0 SO SO
147/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 18 PME73.831… 29.11.2011
Parameter
number
Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from
level
Password level
writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0,01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME73.000A1:
175 V
LME73.000A2:
350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
148/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19 PME73.840... 19.1 Program sequence PME73.840...
To connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2)
7105d77e/0611
M
Z
V1
V2
AL
K1X2-02 Pin 3
Act
uato
r p
ositi
on
High-fire
Low-fire
Ignition laod
CLOSE
R
LR-OPEN
LR-CLOSE
LP
Pmin
P LT
ION / QRA
X3-04 Pin 5
Relaycontact Function / inputs
Display and operating unit parameter number
LED permanent
LED flashing
tw t11 t10 t12 t3 t3n t4 t11 td4 td1 td3 td2
Standby Startup Operation Shutdown Valve proving
If parameter P241.00 =1 (ON)
Can be parameterized
t1 TSA
224 225 226 257 230 231 232 234
Relaycontact Function / outputs
SKX3-04 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 3
X65 Pin 1
X5-03 Pin 2
X65 Pin 1
X3-02 Pin 1
X5-01 Pin 2
X2-02 Pin 4
X9-04 Pin 2
PV
SVK1X6-03 Pin 3
K4X2-01 Pin 3
K5X4-02 Pin 3
K2/2X7-01 Pin 3
K7X7-04 Pin 4
X7-02 Pin 3
K2/1X2-03 Pin 3
Phase number 7 segment in the LME... 21 22 24 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 50 50 72 74 10 80 81 82 83
t9 t5
SA-NLK11X2-09 Pin 3
SA-KLK12X2-09 Pin 2
SA-ZUX2-09 Pin 1
SA-RX2-09 Pin 4
Input Dbr3 for PVX2-09 Pin 8
Output PVX2-09 Pin 7
36
260
t22
74
t8
242 243 244 245259
POC
POC
*) *) *) *) *)
K4
K2/2
Phase number AZL2... 21 22 24 22 30 30 38 40 42 44 50 50 72 74 10 80 81 82 83 36 74
240240240240240240
t11 t12
Figure 75: Program sequence PME73.840... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2) *) During the actuator running phases, the actuator feedback signal must be OFF first, then ON. *1 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 after mains ON, lockout or P234 (postpurge time t8) or P241.01 = 0 second *2 Valve proving, if P241.00 = 1 and P234 (postpurge time t8) >0 second and P241.01 = 1
149/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
Phase number
Function
LOC Lockout shutdown phase
OFF Standby, waiting for heat request
oP1/oP:P1 Part 1: Request load controller OPEN Part 2: Modulation of actuator toward high-fire Part 3: High-fire reached Part 4: Request load controller CLOSE Part 5: Modulation of actuator toward low-fire Part 6: Low-fire reached
10 Shutdown, actuator travels to the CLOSED position (home run)
21 Safety valve ON, air pressure switch in no-load position Check if POC is closed, actuator travels to the CLOSED position
22 Part 1: Fan motor ON Part 2: Specified time air pressure switch Message (timeout), stabelization of air pressure switch
24 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
30 Part 1: Prepurge time without flame simulation test Valve proving when… parameter 241.00 = 1 after power ON, lockout, or parameter 234 (postpurge time) = 0 second or parameter 241.01 = 1 Part 2: Prepurge time with flame simulation test (2.1 seconds)
36 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
38 Preignition time
40 Postignition time, parameter 257 + 0.3 seconds
42 Flame detection
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and load controller release
44 Interval: End of ignition safety time and fuel valve 2 ON
50 Part 1: Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON and pilot valve OFF Part 2: Response time
72 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
74 Part 1: Operation is ended, check if postpurging is programmed Part 2: Postpurge time Valve proving when… parameter 241.00 = 1 and parameter 234 (postpurge time) >0 seconds and parameter 241.01 = 1
80 Test space is evacuated
81 Atmospheric pressure test
81 Proving time fuel valve 1
82 Test space is filled
83 Proving time fuel valve 2
*) During the actuator’s running phases, the actuator’s feedback signal must first be OFF, then ON
Key to phases
150/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.2 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications (examples)
19.2.1 Gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program G Gas direct 1-stageLME73.000...
X7-04X7-01
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inpu
t PV
Ou
tpu
t P
V
LME73.000...
Figure 76: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage
19.2.2 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
SV
V1
Program Gp1/1 Gas pilot 1, 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04
LME73.000...
Figure 77: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage
151/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.2.3 Gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program Gp1/2 Gas pilot 1, 1-stage
PV
X7-01 X7-04V2
X7-02
LME73.000...
Figure 78: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
19.2.4 Gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
SV V1
Program Gp1/2 Gas direct 1, 1-stage
V2X7-02
LME73.000...
X7-04X7-01
Figure 79: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving
Note: When valve proving is activated (e.g. on shutdown), the load on the valve’s terminals (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is restricted. Fuel valve 1 X7-04 pin 4/fuel valve 2 X7-02 pin 3/auxiliary output AUX Rated voltage AC 120 V AC 230 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Rated current 1 A 1 A Power factor cos >0.4 cos >0.4 If the terminal load (according to chapter Technical data/Terminal rating Outputs) is not reduced (max. rated current 2 A, cos >0.4), the design lifetime will be reached after about 100,000 burner startup cycles!
152/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.2.5 Gas valve proving Valve proving is dependent on parameter 241. This is valve proving designed to detect leaking gas valves and, if necessary, prevent the valves from opening or ignition from being switched on. Lockout is initiated. Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Step 1: td4 – test space evacuating. Gas valve on the burner side is opened to bring the test space to atmospheric pressure. Step 2: td1 – test atmospheric pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not exceed a certain level. Step 3: td3 – test space filling. Gas valve on the mains side opens to fill the test space. Step 4: td2 – test gas pressure. When the gas valve has closed, the gas pressure in the test space must not drop below a certain level. Legend td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating V… Fuel valve P LT Pressure switch valve proving
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Input/output signal 0 (OFF)
P LT
7105d68e/1210
PLT
Figure 80: Valve proving with separate pressure switch
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Valve proving can be parameterized to take place on startup, shutdown, or both. Recommendation: Perform valve proving on shutdown.
No. Parameter 241.00 Valve proving
0 = OFF 1 = ON ¹)
242 Valve proving test space evacuating 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure 244 Valve proving test space filling 245 Valve proving time test gas pressure
¹) Valve proving during postpurging, if P234 >0 (postpurge time) and P241.01 = 1
Note! If valve proving is parameterized to take place on startup and shutdown, the gas valves must run through additional switching cycles. As a result, strain (wear) on the gas valves and the relay increases.
153/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
Warning! The OEM must set the evacuation, filling and test times for atmospheric or mains pressure on every plant in compliance with the requirements of EN 1643. If not observed, there is a risk of impairment of safety functions.
It must be ensured that the 2 test times are correctly set. It is to be checked whether the gas required for the test may be fed into the combustion chamber (on the relevant application). The test times are safety-related. After a reset and in the case of aborted or prevented valve proving, the unit will perform valve proving the next time it is started up (only when valve proving is activated). In the case of valve proving, prepurging is active during the startup phase, even if it has been deactivated. Examples of aborted valve proving: When the safety loop or the start prevention input for gas (containing pressure switch-min) opens during valve proving. Valve proving – calculation of leakage rate (PG - Pw) • V • 3600
tTest =
Patm • QLeck QLeck in l/h Leakage rate in liters per hour
PG in mbar Overpressure between the valves at the beginning of the test phase
PW in mbar Overpressure set on the pressure switch (normally 50%
of the gas inlet pressure)
Patm in mbar Absolute air pressure (1013 mbar normal pressure)
V in l Volume between the valves (test volume) including valve volume
and pilot pipe, if present (Gp1 mod)
tTest in s Test time
154/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.3 Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.840... 1-stage modulating With/without pilot ignition With/without valve proving
X3X2X1 12 3
VIV
III
5
M
III
VI
2134123 4 56
I
VIVIV
III
II
7105
d45
e/10
09
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inpu
t Db
r3 fo
r P
VO
utpu
t P
V
Figure 81: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1)
155/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.4 Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME73.840... 1-stage With/without pilot ignition With/without valve proving Without actuator
X2-09
SA
-ZS
A-K
LS
A-N
LS
A-R PE
Inpu
t Db
r3 fo
r P
VO
utpu
t P
V
710
5d3
8e/1
00
9
Figure 82: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4...
When using the LME73.000... without actuator according to application Gas direct
ignition (G), 1-stage, gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving, wire link Dbr4 must be fitted to the actuator’s X2-09 as shown above
Parameter P515.01 must be set to 0
156/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.5 Time table and settings for program sequence PME73.840... Type Times in seconds
PME73.840... tw TSA max.
t1 P225 4)
min.
t3 P226 min.
t3n P257
approx.
t4 P230min.
t5 P232min.
t8 P234 5)
min.
t9 P231
approx.
t10 P224
approx.
t11 P259
approx.
t12 P260
approx. t22 1) 2) 3)
td1 td2 min.
td3 td4
max. Requirement 2.5 3 30 6 2,5 9 8.5 15 3 15 300 300 t9+1 --- --- --- 10 3
Factory setting --- t3n+0.45 29.106+2.1 6.174 2.205+0.3 9.408 8.82 19.404 2.646 13.818 300.762 300.762 --- --- --- --- 10.29 2.646 Max. 2.5 14 1237+2.1 37.485 13.23+0.3 74.97 74.97 1237 74.97 13.818 1237 1237 --- 1 0.45 0.45 37.485 2.646 Min. --- --- 0+2.1 1.029 0+0.3 3.234 2.058 0 0 0 0 0 --- 0.3 0.3 --- 1.029 0
Step size --- --- 4.851 0.147 0.147 0.294 0.294 4.851 0.294 0.294 4.851 4.851 --- --- --- --- 0.147 0.147 Function parameter Parameter number Factory setting Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation <2: None = 2: 1 x
P240 0
Valve proving 0: Inactive 1: Active
P241.00 1
Valve proving 0: During prepurge time 1: During postpurge time
P241.01 1
Valve proving 0: According to P241.01 1: During prepurge time and postpurge time
P241.02 0
Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time 0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
P515.00 1
Application with/without actuator 0: Without actuator 1: With actuator
P515.01 1
Legend
tw Waiting time t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) TSA Safety time t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t1 Prepurge time t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t3 Pre ignition time t22 2nd safety time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) t4 Interval: End of safety time - fuel valve 1 ON td1 Test atmospheric pressure t5 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release td2 Test gas pressure t8 Postpurge time td3 Test space filling t9 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON - pilot valve OFF td4 Test space evacuating
1) Response time to a change of signal by the air pressure switch (opens) and response time in the event of loss of flame 2) Response time to a change of signal by the inputs (e.g. pressure switch-min) 3) Flame detection time 4) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON), after mains ON, with lockout, P234 (postpurge time) = 0 (postpurging) or P241.01 = 0 5) Minimum time td1 + td2 + td3 + td4 if: Parameter P241.00 = 1 (ON) and P234 (postpurge time) >0 (postpurging) and P241.01 = 1
157/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.6 LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
Figure 83: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram
158/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
19.7 Parameter list PME73.840... (AZL2...)
Value range Parameter
number
Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level
reading from level
Password level
writing from level
000 Internal parameter
41 Heating engineer's password (4 characters) Edit xxxx xxxx --- --- --- OEM
42 OEM's password (5 characters) Edit xxxxx xxxxx --- --- --- OEM
60 Backup/restore Edit Restore Backup --- --- --- SO
100 General
102 Identification date Read only --- --- --- --- Info ---
103 Identification number Read only 0 9999 1 0 Info ---
113 Burner identification Edit x xxxxxxxx 1 burnErId Info SO
140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase)
2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION)
3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used
4 = active power (power value)
Edit 1 4 1 1 SO SO
164 Number of startups resettable Resettable 0 999999 1 0 Info Info
166 Total number of startups Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.00 Switching cycles actuator relay K12 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.01 Switching cycles actuator relay K11 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.02 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 2 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
170.03 Switching cycles actuator relay contact 1 Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
171 Max. switching cycles actuator relay Read only 0 999999 1 0 Info ---
159/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
Value range Parameter
number Parameter Edit
Min. Max.
Resolution Factory setting Password level reading from level
Password level writing from level
200 Burner control
224 Specified time air pressure switch Edit 0 s 13.818 s 0.294 s 13.818 s SO OEM 225 Prepurge time -2,1 seconds Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 29.106 s SO OEM 226 Preignition time Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 6.174 s SO OEM 230 Interval: End of safety time - fuel valve 1 ON Edit 3.234 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 9.408 s SO OEM 231 Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON - pilot valve OFF Edit 0 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 2.646 s SO OEM 232 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release Edit 2.058 s 74.97 s 0.294 s 8.820 s SO OEM 234 Postpurge time Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 19.404 s SO OEM 240 Repetition in the event of loss of flame during operation
0 = none 1 = none 2 = 1 x Repetition
Edit 0 2 1 0 SO OEM
241.00 Valve proving 0 = OFF 1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.01 Valve proving 0 = during prepurge time 1 = during postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
241.02 Valve proving 0 = according to P241.01 1 = during prepurge time and postpurge time
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
242 Valve proving test space filling Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM 243 Valve proving time test atmospheric pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 244 Valve proving test space evacuating Edit 0 s 2.648 s 0.147 s 2.648 s SO OEM
245 Valve proving time test gas pressure Edit 1.029 s 37.485 s 0.147 s 10.290 s SO OEM 247 Continuous pilot (during operation)
0 = OFF 1 = ON
Edit 0 1 1 0 SO OEM
257 Postignition time -0.3 seconds Edit 0 s 13.23 s 0.147 s 2.205 s SO OEM 259 Opening time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout) Edit 0 s 1237 s 4.851 s 300.762 s SO OEM 515.00 Actuator position during prepurge time and postpurge time
0: Purging in low-fire 1: Purging in high-fire
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
515.01 Application with/without actuator 0: Without actuator 1: With actuator
Edit 0 1 1 1 SO OEM
160/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 19 PME73.840... 29.11.2011
Parameter Parameter Edit Value range Resolution Factory setting Password level Password level
number Min. Max. reading from level writing from level
700 Error history
701 Current error:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
702 Error history former 1:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
•
•
•
711 Error history former 10:
00: Error code
01: Startup meter reading
02: MMI phase
03: Power value
Read only
2
0
---
0%
255
999999
---
100%
1
1
---
1
--- Service ---
900 Process data
936 Normalized speed Read only 0% 100% 0,01% --- Service ---
951 Mains voltage Read only 0 V LME73.000A1: 175 V
LME73.000A2: 350 V
1 V --- Service ---
954 Flame intensity Read only 0% 100% 1% --- Service ---
161/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 20 Legend 29.11.2011
20 Legend AL Alarm device AUX Auxiliary output Dbr Wire link
/reset (EK1) Lockout reset button (info button)
EK2 Remote lockout reset button FSV Flame signal amplifier ION Ionization probe K... Relay contact LED 3-color signal lamp LP Air pressure switch LR Load controller LR-OPEN Load controller OPEN position LR-CLOSE Load controller CLOSED position M Fan motor NT Power supply unit P LT Pressure switch valve proving Pmax Pressure switch-max Pmin Pressure switch-min POC Proof of closure PV Pilot valve QRA... UV flame detector R Control thermostat or pressurestat SA Actuator SA-KL Actuator low-fire SA-NL Actuator high-fire SA-R Actuator feedback SA-Z Actuator CLOSED SA-ZL Actuator ignition load SL Safety loop STB Safety limit thermostat SV Safety valve V1 Fuel valve V2 Fuel valve V2a Fuel valve W Limit thermostat or pressure switch Z Ignition transformer µC µC controller
Input/output signal 1 (ON)
Signal OFF
Input/output signal 2 (OFF)
Input permissible signal 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF)
162/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 20 Legend 29.11.2011
Zeiten TSA Safety time tw Waiting time t1 Prepurge time t3 Preignition time t3n Postignition time (P257 +0.3 seconds) t4 (dependent on application)
Interval: End of safety time – fuel valve 1 ON Interval: End of safety time – fuel valve 2 ON Interval: End of safety time – load controller release
t5 Interval: Pilot valve OFF - load controller release t8 Postpurge time t9 (dependent on application)
Interval: Fuel valve 1 ON – pilot valve OFF Interval: Fuel valve 2 ON – pilot valve OFF
t10 Specified time air pressure switch state message (timeout) t11 Opening time of actuator (timeout) t12 Closing time of actuator (timeout) t22 2nd safety time td1 Test atmospheric pressure td2 Test gas pressure td3 Test space filling td4 Test space evacuating
163/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 21 Multistage or modulating mode 29.11.2011
21 Multistage or modulating mode
21.1 Relevant parameters Parameter Meaning
123 Minimum power control step
259 Opening time of actuator (timeout)
260 Closing time of actuator (timeout)
654 Analog input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required) 0 = 3-position step input 1 = DC 0...10 V 2 = 0...135 3 = 0...20 mA 4 = 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA (AZL2…: Loc: 60) 5 = 4...20 mA
21.1.1 Connection diagram for feedback potentiometer
ASZ12.33
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME7...
X66
ASZ12.33
Terminal X66on the LME7...
Type
SQNx1...SQMx1...SQNx0...SQMx0...
2 (Sig
nal)
3 (GN
D)
a b ca b c
abcabc
Terminal potentiometer(1 kOhm conductive plastik 90°) ASZxx30
Rotation direction
Clo
ckw
ise
Cou
nte
r-cl
ockw
ise
XX
XX
------
------
a b c 7105d39e/1009
Figure 84: Connection diagram for feedback potentiometer ASZ12.33
164/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 21 Multistage or modulating mode 29.11.2011
21.1.2 Connection diagram for load controller
Note: The connection diagram shown is merely an example which must be verified in the individual case depending on the application!
PME7...
X65
0-135
710
5d4
0/1
210
0-13
5
X65
0-10
V0-
20m
A4-
20m
A
LR
Figure 85: Connection diagram for load controller
21.2 Actuators The LME7... has terminals for the connection of electromotoric actuators for the control of air dampers and regulating dampers of oil and gas burners. Possible types of actuator:
Type Data
Sheet
Operating mode ¹) stage/modulating via 3-position step
input X5-03
Operating mode ¹) modulating via
analog input signal X65
PotentiometerASZxx.3x
SQN3... N7808 x x x
SQN7... N7804 x x x
SQM2... N7812 x x x
SQM40... SQM41...
N7817 x x x
SQM5... N7815 x x x ¹) Depending on the program sequence of LME7... or in the PME7...
21.3 Function The internal program cycle time of the LME7... is about 0.147 s ( 0.15 s). In each program sequence, each input is read and the outputs are switched on or off accordingly.
165/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 21 Multistage or modulating mode 29.11.2011
21.4 Load controller inputs
21.4.1 3-position step input X5-03 The load controller input is valued by making a 2-out-of-3 section. This means that to trigger a control action via the actuator outputs, an ON or OFF signal must be identified within at least 2 successive cycles. As a result of this sampling process, an ON or OFF signal must be present for a time between minimum 0.3 seconds and maximum 0.45 seconds to produce an output signal change at the LME7...
21.4.2 Analog input X65 The LME7... handles the analog input signals with the help of an 8-bit A/D converter.
21.4.3 Selection source preset output analog/3-position step
input (P654) The following input signals can be selected and handled via parameter P654 3-position step input (feedback potentiometer ASZxx.3x required/depending on the
program sequence) 0...10 V 0...135 0...20 mA 4...20 mA with lockout at I <4 mA (AZL2...: Loc: 60) 4...20 mA
21.4.4 Actuator output X2-09 The actuators are powered by mains voltage delivered directly via the LME7...
21.4.5 Setting the maximum running time of the actuator
(P259/P260 timeout) Parameters P259 and P260 are used to set the actuator's running time in accordance with the type of actuator used. The time set must at least correspond to the running time required by the actuator to travel from the fully closed to the high-fire position (e.g. 30 seconds for 90° or more). If the actuator does not reach its position within this period of time, the LME7... will initiate lockout.
166/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 21 Multistage or modulating mode 29.11.2011
21.5 Multistage/modulating mode via 3-position
step input X5-03 The signal time of a control pulse is a minimum of 147 ms.
21.5.1 Maximum possible resolution The maximum possible resolution via 3-position step input X5-03 is calculated according to the following formula: Working range in angular degrees x 0.147 s ---------------------------------------------------- = maximum possible resolution in angular degree Running time in seconds Example: Actuator, 30 seconds running time for 90° 90° x 0.147 s ------------------- = 0.441° ≈ 0.5° 30 s
21.6 Modulating mode via analog input signal
X65
21.6.1 Maximum possible resolution The maximum possible resolution of analog input signal X65 is determined via the connected ASZxx.3x feedback potentiometer. For actuators having a working range of 0...90°, the resolution is about 0.5°. For actuators having a working range of 0...135°, the resolution is about 0.8°.
21.6.2 Standardization of modulation range In the modulation range, the analog input signal is standardized. This means that the low-fire position corresponds to a preset output of 0% = 0 V-/0 mA-/4 mA-/0 input signal and the high-fire position corresponds to a preset output of 100% = 10 V-/ 20 mA-/135 input signal. The modulation range in angular degrees corresponds to the angular rotation from the low-fire to the high-fire position. Calculation: High-fire position minus low-fire position = modulation range.
167/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 21 Multistage or modulating mode 29.11.2011
21.7 Setting the minimum power control step (dead band) (P123) in modulating mode via analog input signal X65
The minimum power control step must be greater than or equal to the percentage proportion of the maximum resolution of the entire modulation range (protection against hunting). Calculation: 100% x maximum resolution ---------------------------------------- = minimum power control step Modulation range Example: Actuator: 0...90° working range, resolution approx. 0.5° Modulation range: Low-fire position = 20°, high-fire position = 70° Modulation range in angular degree Calculation: 70° - 20° = 50 ° Minimum power control step Calculation: 100% x 0.5° ----------------- = 1% 50°
Note: If the value set for parameter P123 is too small, the actuator oscillates about the setpoint, leading to more running cycles, increased switching frequency and more wear and tear.
168/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 22 Safety notes relating to operation of AZL2... 29.11.2011
22 Safety notes relating to operation of AZL2...
Caution! To prevent the risk of fire or explosion, damage to the heating plant or damage resulting from improper usage, following must be observed: Use the burner control covered by this Basic Documentation in compliance with the specification and only in connection with the matching burner and heating plant. If not observed, the safety functions are no longer ensured. The burner control together with the AZL2… and the plant control system must be installed and commissioned by authorized personnel. If not observed, the safety functions are no longer ensured or there will be a risk of electric shock. The AZL2… is designed for use in dry rooms only. Do not install the unit outdoors and protect it from heat, frost and liquids, such as water, oil, fuel oil, etc. If not observed, there will be a risk of electric shock. Follow strictly the operating steps and settings instructions as detailed in this Basic Documentation. Settings identified as such must only be made by authorized personnel. If not observed, the safety functions are no longer ensured. If dirty or dusty, always clean the unit with a dry cloth. Do not try to repair the unit. Such work must only be performed by authorized personnel. If not observed, there will be a risk of electric shock. If you have any other questions relating to the unit, please contact your heating engineer or get in touch with any of the Siemens addresses given in this Basic Documentation.
169/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23 Operation via AZL2… 23.1 Description of the unit/display and buttons
Function and operation of versions AZL21… and AZL23… are identical.
Bild
1/0
809
P
V h min s %
VSD ESC
/reset
AF
Figure 86: Description of the unit/display and buttons
Button Function
VSD
AF
Buttons A and F: Parameterized function - For switching to parameter setting mode P
(press F and A simultaneously)
/reset
Info and Enter button - For navigation in info and service mode * For selection (symbol blinking) (press button for <1 second) * For changing to a lower menu level (press button for 1…3 seconds) * For changing to a higher menu level (press button for 3…8 seconds) * For changing to the normal display (press button for >8 seconds) - Enter in parameter setting mode - Reset in the event of fault - One menu level down
- button - For decreasing the value
+ button - One menu level down - For increasing the value
ESC
+ and - button: Escape function
(press and simultaneously) - No adoption of value - One menu level up
170/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.2 Meaning of symbols on the display
P
V h min s %
Parameter setting mode
Info mode
Service mode
Actuator closing
Actuator opening
Fan motor controlled
Oil preheater on
Heat request from controllers
Ignition controlled
Valve controlled
Flame present
Fault status message
Unit of current display
Bild
2e/
080
7
Figure 87: Meaning of display
23.3 Special functions
23.3.1 Manual lockout
/reset
plus any other button
Press /reset together with any other button. The basic unit switches instantly to the lockout position, no matter what the operating position. Display shows the fault status message. (see chapter Error code list…) Display: Loc: 167
171/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.4 Operation
Warning! Any changes to parameters and settings are only set and saved in the basic unit’s onboard memory. To save the modified settings to the program module PME7..., backup must be triggered manually. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions. Chapter Operation via AZL2.../backup Chapter Operation via internal LED/backup
Warning! On first startup or after exchange of the program module, the sequence of functions and parameter settings must be checked upon completion of the restore process. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions. See chapter Operation via AZL2.../first startup, restore See chapter Operation via internal LED/first startup, restore
Warning! If any parameters are changed, a backup must be made! If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions.
23.4.1 Normal display
Normal display is the standard display in normal operation, representing the highest menu level. From the normal display, you can change to the info, service or parameter level.
23.4.1.1. Display in standby mode
Unit is in standby mode.
P
V h min s %
Bild
9/0
707
Note: OFF flashes when manual OFF function or manual control is active, and when controller is OFF.
23.4.1.2. Display during startup/shutdown Display of program phases
The unit is in Phase 30. The controller calls for heat. The bar below the and symbol appears. The individual program phases and controlled components are displayed in accordance with the program sequence.
172/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
List of phase display (display depending on program)
Note: Display depends on program!
Phase number or 3-segment display and AZL2... display
LED Function
Standby
OFF Off Standby, waiting for heat request
Ph08 Off Power ON/test phase (e.g. detector test)
Startup
Ph21 Yellow Safety valve ON, air pressure switch test/POC test (timeout/locking after 5 seconds), actuator opens in low-fire position/CLOSE position
Ph22 Yellow Fan motor ON or air pressure switch test/settling time
Ph24 Yellow Actuator travels to the prepurge position
Ph30 Yellow Prepurging
Ph36 Yellow Actuator closes until ignition load/low-fire is reached, and parameter 259.02: Actuator opens to a position > ignition load
Ph38 Yellow flashing Preignition
Ph40 Yellow flashing 1st safety time/ignition transformer ON
Ph42 Green Safety time (ignition transformer OFF), flame check
Ph44 Green Interval: End of safety time and fuel valve 1 ON Interval: End of safety time and load controller release Interval: End of safety tiem and fuel valve 2 ON
Ph50 Green 2nd safety time
Ph54 Green P259.01: Actuator opens to a position > low-fire
Ph54 Green P260: Actuator closes until low-fire position is reached
oP1 Green Interval to release of preset load controller (analog or 3-position step input)
Operation
oP Green Operation, modulating operation
oP1 Green Operation first stage
oP2 Green Operation second stage
Shutdown
Ph10 Yellow Shutdown, actuator travels to the CLOSED position (home run)
Ph72 Yellow Actuator opens until high-fire position/operation shutdown is reached
Ph74 Yellow Postpurging
Valve proving
Ph80 Yellow Test space is evacuated
Ph81 Yellow Checking time fuel valve 1
Ph82 Yellow Test space is filled
Ph83 Yellow Checking time fuel valve 2
Waiting phases (start prevention)
Ph01 Red/yellow flashing Undervoltage
Ph02 Yellow Safety loop open
Ph04 Red/green flashing Extraneous light on burner startup (timeout/locking after 30 seconds)
Ph90 Yellow Pressure switch-min open safety shutdown
Lockout
LOC Red Lockout phase
173/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.4.1.3. Display of operating position
P
V h min s %
Bild
14
/070
7
Display oP: P1 means stage 1. Display after oP is unit-specific.
Display oP: P2 means stage 2. Display after oP is unit-specific.
Display oP: means modulating operation. Display after oP: is unit-specific. Display shows the relative value of the actual position of actuator (51). Position of actuator 0° = 0 value of potentiometer = 0% display. Position of actuator high-fire >0° = >0 <1000 value of potentiometer = 100% display.
174/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.4.1.4. Fault status messages, display of errors and info Display of errors (faults) with lockout
P
V h min s %
Bild
18
5/11
07
Display shows Loc:. The bar under the fault status message appears. Unit is in the lockout position. The current error code is displayed (see chapter Blink code table). Example: Error code 7
Reset
/reset 1 s
P
V h min s %B
ild 1
9/0
707
When pressing /reset for 1 second, rESEt appears on the display. When the button is released, the basic unit is reset.
/reset < 3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
/070
7
P
V h min s %
Bild
21
/070
7
P
V h min s %
Bild
22
/070
7
When pressing /reset for > 3 seconds, the display shows InFo, SEr and then OPErAtE. When the button is released, the basic unit is reset.
Note: For meaning of the error and diagnostic codes, see chapter Error code list… When an error has been acknowledged, it can still be read out from the error history.
175/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.5 Menu-driven operation
23.5.1 Assignment of levels
The various levels can be accessed via different button combinations. The parameter level can only be accessed by entering a password.
Normal display
>1 s
>1 s
Operate
>3 s<8 s
>8 s
Info level
Service level
Parameter level
Operate
>8 s
or
orautomatic
return after 120 s
/reset
/reset
/reset
Figure 88: Assignment of levels
176/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.6 Info level The info level displays information about the basic unit and operation in general.
Note:
On the info level, you can press or to display the next or the previous parameter.
In place of the button, you can also press /reset for <1 second.
Note:
You can press
ESC
or /reset for > 8 seconds to return to the normal display.
P
V h min s %
Bild
27
e/08
07
Parameter Parameter value
Figure 89: Info level
Note: No change of value on the info level. If the display shows ._._ together with the parameter, the value may consist of more than 5 digits.
When pressing /reset for > 1 second and < 3 seconds, the value will be displayed.
By pressing /reset for > 3 seconds or
ESC
, you return to the selection of the parameter no. (parameter number blinks).
No. Parameter
Info level 102 Identification date 103 Identification number 113 Burner identification 123 Minimum power control step 140 Mode display of display and operating unit AZL2...
1 = standard (program phase) 2 = flame 1 (QRA.../ION) 3 = flame 2 (QRB.../QRC...) not used 4 = active power (power value)
164 Number of startups resettable 166 Total number of startups 170.00 Switching cycles relay K12 170.01 Switching cycles relay K11 170.02 Switching cycles relay contact 2 170.03 Switching cycles relay contact 1 171 Max. switching cycles relay End
177/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.6.1 Display of info level
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
28
/070
7
Press /reset until InFo appears.
When releasing /reset, you are on the info level.
23.6.2 Display of info values 23.6.2.1. Identification date
P
V h min s %
Bild
29/
070
7
On the left, parameter 102: is displayed blinking.
On the right, ._._ is displayed.
Example: 102: ._._
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
30
/070
7
Press /reset for 1…3 seconds to display the identification date DD.MM.YY.
Example: Identification date 03.11.05
/reset or ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
29/
070
7
Press /reset or
ESC
to return to the display of parameters.
To the next parameter
23.6.2.2. Identification number
P
V h min s %
Bild
31/
070
7
On the left, parameter 103: is displayed blinking. On the right, identification number 0 appears.
Example: 103: 0
To the next parameter
or /reset for < 1 s
Back to the previous parameter
178/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.6.2.3. Identification of burner
P
V h min s %
Bild
32
/070
7
On the left, parameter 113: (108 with sample units) is displayed blinking. On the right, ._._ appears.
Example: 113: ._._
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
33
/070
7
Press /reset for 1…3 seconds to display the burner’s identification. Factory setting: - - - - - - - - Example: 3
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
2/11
07
burnEr Id can only be changed with the ACS410 PC software diagnostic tool.
/reset or ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
32
/070
7
Press /reset or
ESC
to return to the display of parameters.
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
179/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.6.2.4. Number of startups resettable
Note: Can be deleted for service (see chapter Parameter list)!
P
V h min s %
Bild
34/
070
7
On the left, parameter 164: is displayed blinking. On the right, characters ._._ appear.
Example: Parameter 164: ._._
/reset
1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
201
/10
08
Press /reset for 1…3 seconds to display the number of startups (resettable).
Example: 000036
/reset
3…8 s
P
V h min s %
Bio
d 7
3/0
707
Press /reset for 3…8 seconds to go to the range that can be changed.
Digit 0 blinks.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
3/11
07
By pressing /reset, the number of startups is reset to 0.
Display: 000000
/reset or ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
34/
070
7
Press /reset or
ESC
to show parameter 164 blinking again.
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
180/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.6.2.5. Total number of startups
P
V h min s %
Bild
36/
070
7
On the left, parameter 166: is displayed blinking. On the right, characters ._._ appear. Example: Parameter 166: ._._
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
202
/10
08
Press /reset for 1…3 seconds to display the total number of startups.
Example: 000056
/reset or ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
36/
070
7
Press /reset or
ESC
to go back to the display of parameters.
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
23.6.2.6. End of info level
P
V h min s %
Bild
38
/070
7
When this display appears, you have reached the end of the info level.
Display shows – End – blinking.
To start of info level To end of info level
ESC
or
/reset >8 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
22
/070
7
Press
ESC
or nfo to return to standby mode.
Display shows OPErAtE.
P
V h min s %
Bild
9/0
707
When this display appears, you are back on the normal display and you can change to the next level mode.
/reset
Press /reset to switch between the service and the parameter level.
181/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.7 Service level
The service level is used to display information about errors including the error history.
Note:
When on the service level, you can press or to display the next or the previous parameter.
Instead of pressing , you can also press /reset for < 1 second.
Note:
Press
ESC
or /reset for > 8 seconds to return to the normal display.
Parameter Parameter value Figure 90: Servic level
Note: No change of values on the service level. If characters are displayed by the parameter, the value may consist of more than 5 digits.
Press /reset for >1 s and <3 s to display the value.
Press /reset for >3 s or
ESC
to return to the selection of the parameter number (flashing).
23.7.1 Display of the service level
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
21
/070
7
Press /reset for > 3 s until SEr appears.
When releasing /reset, you are on the service level.
No. Parameter Service level 920 Current PWM signal fan 936 Normalized speed 951 Mains voltage 954 Flame intensity
182/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.7.2 Display of service values 23.7.2.1. Error history
See Parameter with index, with or without direct display/Example of parameter 701 Error history.
Note Can be deleted for service (see chapter Parameter list)!
23.7.2.2. Mains voltage
P
V h min s %
Bild
21
1/10
08
Parameter 951: appears blinking. Mains voltage is displayed on the right. Example: 951: 120
To the next parameter Back to the previous parameter
23.7.2.3. Intensity of flame
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
3/10
08
Display shows parameter 954: blinking. On the right, the intensity of the flame is displayed in 0...100%. Example: 954: 0
End of service level – End – Back to the previous parameter
23.7.2.4. End of service level
P
V h min s %
Bild
38
/070
7
When this display appears, you have reached the end of the service level. Display shows – End – blinking.
To the start of the service level
To the end of the service level
ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
22
/070
7
Press
ESC
to return to standby mode. Display shows OPErAtE.
P
V h min s %
Bild
9/0
707
When this display appears, you are back on the normal display and you can change to the next level mode.
183/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8 Parameter level
The parameters stored in the basic unit can be displayed or changed on the parameter level. The change to the parameter level requires entry of a password.
Siemens supplies the LME7... with the factory settings according to Type summary. The OEM can change the Siemens factory settings to match its own requirements. With the LME7..., the burner control’s characteristics are determined primarily through parameterization. Every time the unit is recommissioned, the parameter settings must be checked. The LME7... must never be transferred from one plant to another without matching the parameters to the new plant.
Caution! Parameters and settings may only be changed by qualified personnel. If parameters are changed, responsibility for the new parameter settings is assumed by the person who – in accordance with the access rights – has made parameter changes on the respective access level. After parameterization, the OEM must check to ensure that safe burner operation will be warranted. The OEM which made the settings is always responsible for the parameters, their settings and compliance of the respective application with the relevant national and international standards and safety regulations, such as EN 676, EN 267, EN 1643, etc. Siemens, its suppliers and other Group Companies of Siemens AG do not assume responsibility for special or indirect damage, consequential damage, other damage, or damage resulting from wrong parameterization.
Warning!
If the factory settings are changed, all changes made must be documented and checked by the OEM. The OEM is obliged to mark the unit accordingly and to include at least the list of device parameters and settings in the burner’s documentation. Siemens also recommends attaching an additional mark on the LME7... in the form of an adhesive label. According to EN 298, the label should be easy to read and wipeproof. The label with a maximum size of 50 mm x 40 mm can be attached to the upper part of the housing.
Example of label: OEM logo
Type/part no.: 1234567890ABCD CAUTION! OEM settings:
Parameter no.
225 = 30 s (t1)
234 = 0 s (t8)
257 = 2 s (t3n) TSA = t3n + 0.45 s
259 = 30 s (t11)
184/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8.1 Entering the password
Note: The OEM password must consist of 5 characters, that for the heating engineer of 4 characters.
VSD
AF > 1 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
42
/070
7
Press button combination
VSD
AF to display CodE.
P
V h min s %
Bild
43
/070
7
When releasing the buttons, 6 bars appear the first of which blinks.
or
P
V h min s %B
ild 4
4/0
707
Press or to select a numeral or letter.
/reset
or
P
V h min s %
Bild
45
/070
7
Press /reset to confirm the entry. The value entered changes to a minus sign (–). The next bar starts blinking.
/reset
or
P
V h min s %
Bild
46/
070
7
Press or to select a numeral or letter.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
47
/070
7
After entry of the last character, the password
must be confirmed by pressing /reset.
Press /reset again to finish entry of the password. Example: Password consisting of 4 characters.
185/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
P
V h min s %
Bild
48
/070
7
As a confirmation of correct entry, PArA appears for a maximum of 2 seconds.
Note: For the entry of passwords or burner IDs, the following numerals and letters can be used:
= 1
= A
= L
= 2
= b
= n
= 3
= C
= o
= 4
= d
= P
= 5
= E
= r
= 6
= F
= S
= 7
= G
= t
= 8
= H
= u
= 9
= I
= Y
= 0
= J
186/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8.2 Changing the heating engineer's password
Note:
For the OEM to change the heating engineer’s password, c: demands entry of the OEM password!
P
V h min s %
Bild
56/
070
7
Parameter 041: blinks.
Press /reset to go to level c: for password changes.
/reset
P
V h min s %B
ild 1
64/1
107
Letter c: for confirmation appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and enter the former password. After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
57/
070
7
Letter n: for new appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and enter the new password (4 characters). After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
58/
070
7
Letter r: for repeat appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and repeat entry of the new password. After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
P
V h min s %
Bild
59
/070
7
SEt confirms that the new password has been saved.
P
V h min s %
Bild
56/
070
7
Parameter 041: blinks again.
187/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8.3 Changing the OEM's password
P
V h min s %
Bild
60/
070
7
Parameter 042: blinks.
Press /reset to go to level c: for password changes.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
165
/11
07
Letter c: for confirmation appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and enter the former password. After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
60/
070
7
Letter n: for new appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and enter the new password (5 characters). After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
62/
070
7
Letter r: for repeat appears blinking. Proceed as described in section Entering the password and repeat entry of the new password. After entry of the last character, the password must be
confirmed by pressing /reset.
P
V h min s %
Bild
59
/070
7
SEt confirms that the new password has been saved.
P
V h min s %
Bild
60/
070
7
Parameter 042: blinks again.
188/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8.4 Backup
Parameter 000: blinks. Display: Parameter 000: blinks, display Int does not
/reset
Press /reset for parameter group 041. Display: Parameter 041: blinks, display ._._ does not
Press for parameter 060. Display: Parameter 060. blinks, index 00: and value 0 do not
/reset
Press /reset for parameter rEStorE. Display: Parameter rEStorE blinks
Press for parameter bAC_UP. Display: Parameter bAC_UP blinks
/reset
Press /reset for the backup process. Display: Value 0
Press to shift the value to change mode one place to the left. Display: Value 0 blinks
Note: To identify display faults, the value changes one place to the left.
189/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
Press for value 1. Display: Value 1 blinks
/reset
Press /reset to activate the backup process. Display shows run
<3 s
After approx. 3 seconds (depending on the duration of the program sequence), the displays shows bAC End and signals the end of the backup process. Display: bAC End
It will now be displayed for 2 minutes, or can be finished by pressing the /reset button
<2 min
or
/reset
Display shows OFF when the backup process is finished.
Note: During backup, all settings and parameters are transferred from the basic unit’s memory to the memory of the program module.
Warning! If any parameters are changed, a backup must be made! If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions.
190/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.8.5 Restore
Parameter 000: blinks. Display: Parameter 000: blinks, display Int dos not
/reset
Press /reset for parameter group 041. Display: Parameter 041: blinks, display ._._ does not.
Press for parameter 060. Display: Parameter 060. blinks, index 00: and value 0 do not.
/reset
Press /reset for parameter rEStorE. Display: Parameter rEStorE blinks.
/reset
Press /reset to select the restore process. Display: value 0
Press to shift the value to change mode one place to the left. Display: Value 0 blinks
Note: For realizing display faults, the value change one place to the left.
Press for value 1. Display: Value 1 blinks.
191/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
/reset
Press /reset to activate the restore process. Display shows run
<3 s
After approx. 3 seconds (depending on the duration of the program sequence), the displays shows rSt End and signaled the end of the restore process. Display: rSt End
It will now be displayed for 2 minutes, or can be finished by pressing the /reset button
<2 min
or
/reset
Display shows OFF when the restore process is finished.
Note: During the restore process, all settings and parameters are written from the program module to the basic unit’s onboard memory. In the process, it is possible that previous program sequences, parameters and settings in the onboard memory will be overwritten!
Warning! On first startup or after exchange of the program module, the sequence of functions and parameter settings must be checked upon completion of the restore process. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions. See chapter Operation via AZL2.../first startup, restore See chapter Operation via internal LED/first startup, restore
192/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.9 Operating variants of the parameters
The parameters stored in the burner control LME7... can be displayed and changed on the parameter level.
23.9.1 Parameters without index, with direct display 23.9.1.1. Example of parameter 225 (prepurge time) on the parameter level
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
6/11
07
Press for prepurge time. Display: Parameter 225: blinks, value 3.675 does not.
/reset
P
V h min s %B
ild 1
67/
110
7
Press /reset for editing mode. Display: 3.675
Press or to shift the former prepurge time to change mode one place to the left. Display: Prepurge time 3.675 blinks. or
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
8/11
07
Note: To detect display errors, the value appears one place shifted to the left.
or
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
9/11
07
Press or for the required prepurge time. Display: Prepurge time 3.822 blinks.
193/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
Alternative 1:
Discard the change!
ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
16
6/11
07
Alternative 2:
Adopt the value!
/reset
Press /reset to return to editing mode. The value set will be adopted. Note: To detect display errors, the value appears one place shifted to the right.
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
0/11
07
Display: Value 3.822
ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
212
/10
08
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
194/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.9.2 Parameters without index, with no direct display 23.9.2.1. Example of parameter 224 (specified time air pressure switch) on the
parameter level
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
2/11
07
Press for specified time for air pressure signal.
Display: Parameter 224: blinks, characters ._._ do not.
/reset
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
3/11
07
Press /reset for editing mode.
Display: 48.510
Press or to shift the former specified time to change mode one place to the left. Display: Specified time 48.510 blinks.
or
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
4/11
07
Note To detect display errors, the value appears one place shifted to the left.
or
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
5/11
07
Press or to set the specified time.
Display: Specified time 53.361 blinks.
195/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
Alternative 1:
Discard the change!
ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
2/11
07
Alternative 2:
Adopt the change!
/reset
Press /reset to return to editing mode. The value set will be adopted. Note: To detect display errors, the value is shown again, but shifted one place to the right.
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
6/11
07
Display: Value 53.361
ESC
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
2/11
07
Press
ESC
to return to the parameter level.
Display: Parameter 224: blinks, characters ._._ do not.
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
196/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
23.9.3 Parameters with index, with or without direct display 23.9.3.1. Example of parameter 701: Actual error on the service level
See chapter Error code list!
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
4/10
08
Press to select parameter 701.
Display: Parameter 701. blinks, index 00: and error 4 do not.
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
4/10
08
On the left, the current error 701. appears blinking, index 00: does not blink. On the right, error code 4 is displayed. Example: Parameter 701., index 00:, error code 4.
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
5/10
08
Press /reset for 1…3 seconds to show index 00: for the error code blinking. Display: Parameter 701. does not blink, index 00: blinks, error 4 does not blink.
To the next index
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
6/10
08
Press to select the index. .00 = error code .01 = startup meter reading .02 = MMI phase to the time of fault .03 = power value to the time of fault Example Parameter 701., index 01:, startup meter reading._._
To the next index
197/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
7/10
08
Press to select the index. .02 = MMI phase to the time of fault Example: Parameter 701., index 02:, Phase 02 = safety shutdown
To the next index
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
8/10
08
Press to select the index. .03 = power value to the time of fault Example: Parameter 701., index 03:, power value 60%
/reset 1…3 s
P
V h min s %
Bild
20
9/10
08
Press
ESC
to return to the index. Display: Parameter 701. does not blink, index 03: blinks,
characters ._._ do not.
To the next index
Back to the previous index
P
V h min s %
Bild
18
0/1
107
When this display appears, you have reached the end of the index level within parameter 701. Display – End – appears blinking.
ESC
198/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 23 Operation via AZL2… 29.11.2011
P
V h min s %
Bild
17
7/1
107
Press
ESC
to return to the parameter level. Display: Parameter 701. blinks, index 01: and diagnostic code 4 do not.
To the next older error
P
V h min s %
Bild
21
0/10
08
Parameters cover the period back to the last error since deletion of the history (max. to parameter 711.) Example: Parameter 711., index 00: -
To the next parameter
Back to the previous parameter
199/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 24 Error code list with operation via external AZL2... display 29.11.2011
24 Error code list with operation via external AZL2... display
Note: Display depends on program!
Error code Clear text Possible cause
bAC Er3 Fault of compatibility program module to basic unit during backup process
Program sequence of program module does not match the basic unit
Err PrC Fault of program module - Error in data content of program module - No program module fitted
Loc: 2
No establishment of flame at the end of safety time
- Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner, no fuel - Faulty ignition equipment
Loc: 3 Air pressure faulty (air pressure switch welded in no-load position, decrease to specified time (air pressure switch response time)
Air pressure switch faulty - Loss of air pressure signal after specified time - Air pressure switch has welded in no-load position
Loc: 4 Extraneous light Extraneous light during burner startup
Loc: 5 Air pressure faulty, air pressure switch welded in working position
Timeout air pressure switch - Air pressure switch has welded in working position
Loc: 6 Fault of actuator - Actuator faulty or blocked - Faulty connection - Wrong adjustment
Loc: 7
Loss of flame Too many losses of flame during operation (limitation of repetitions) - Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner
Loc: 8 --- Free
Loc: 9 --- Free
Loc: 10 Error not relatable (application), internal error Wiring error or internal error, output contacts, other
faults
Loc: 12 Valve proving Fuel valve 1 leaking
Loc: 13 Valve proving Fuel valve 2 leaking
Loc: 14 POC error Error valve closure control POC
Loc: 20 Gas pressure switch-min open Gas shortage
Loc: 22 Safety loop open - Gas pressure switch-max open - Safety limit thermostat cut out
Loc: 60 Analog power source 4...20 mA, I <4 mA Wire breakage
Loc: 83 PWM fan faulty
- PWM fan does not reach the target speed within the preset period of time, or - After reaching the target speed, the PWM fan leaves the tolerance band again (P650) for a time exceeding the tolerance time speed deviation (P660)
Loc: 138 Restore process successful Restore process successful
Loc: 139 No program module detected No program module plugged in
Loc: 167 Manual locking Manual locking
Loc: 206 AZL2... incompatible Use the latest version
Loc: 225 PWM fan faulty - Fan speed dropped below the minimum prepurge
200/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 24 Error code list with operation via external AZL2... display 29.11.2011
PWM (P675.00) after reaching the prepurge speed, or - After reaching the ignition load speed, the maximum ignition load PWM (P675.01) was exceeded
Loc: 226 PWM fan faulty
Parameterization error: - Speed low-fire > speed high-fire, or - Low-fire = 0 rpm, or - Maximum speed = 0 rpm
Loc: 227 PWM fan faulty One or several parameters violate the minimum/maximum limit
rSt Er1 Error in compatibility program module to basic unit during restore process
- Program sequence of program module does not match the basic unit
rSt Er2 Error in compatibility program module to basic unit during restore process
- Hardware of basic unit does not match the program module
rSt Er3 Error during restore process - Program module faulty - Program module removed during restore process
201/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25 Operation via internal LED 25.1 Description of display and buttons
nfo+-A
LC
D B
ild 0
1/0
908
Figure 91: Description of display and buttons
Button Function
A
Button A - Display preset output - In lockout position: Power value to the time of fault
nfo
Info and Enter button - Reset in the event of fault, changeover visual diagnostic of the cause of fault (see chapter Diagnostics of cause of fault )
-
- button - Display flame signal current 2 or phases display - In lockout position: MMI phase to the time of fault
+
+ button - Display flame signal current 1 or phases display - In lockout position: MMI phase to the time of fault
3 multicolor signal lamp - See chapter Blink code table
-
and
+
+ and - button: Escape function
(press
-
and
+
simultaneously) - No adoption of value - One menu level up - Keep depressed for >1second for backup/restore function
202/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.2 Normal display
Normal display is the standard display in normal operation.
25.2.1 Display in standby mode
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
Unit is in standby mode.
25.2.2 Display during startup/shutdown 25.2.2.1. Display of program phases
LC
D B
ild 0
3/0
908
The unit is in Phase 21. The individual program phases are displayed in accordance with the program sequence. For color display of signal lamp, see List of phase display.
203/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.2.2.2. List of phase display
Note: Display depends on program!
Phase number or 3-segment display and AZL2... display
LED Function
Standby
OFF Off Standby, waiting for heat request
P08 Off Power ON/test phase (e.g. detector test)
Startup
P21 Yellow Safety valve ON, air pressure switch test/POC test (timeout/locking after 5 seconds), actuator opens in low-fire position/CLOSE position
P22 Yellow Fan motor ON/air pressure switch test/settling time
P24 Yellow Actuator travels to the prepurge position
P30 Yellow Prepurging
P36 Yellow Actuator closes until ignition load/low-fire is reached, and parameter 259.02: Actuator opens to a position > ignition load
P38 Yellow flashing Preignition time
P40 Yellow flashing 1st safety time/ignition transformer ON
P42 Green Safety time (ignition transformer OFF), flame check
P44 Green Interval: End of safety time and fuel valve 1 ON Interval: End of safety time and release of load controller Interval: End of safety time and fuel valve 2 ON
P50 Green 2nd safety time
P54 Green P259.01: Actuator opens to a position > low-fire
P54 Green P260: Actuator closes until low-fire position is reached
oP1 Green Interval to release of preset load controller (analog or 3-position step input)
Operation
oP Green Operation, modulating operation
oP1 Green Operation first stage
oP2 Green Operation second stage
Shutdown
P10 Yellow Shutdown, actuator travels to the CLOSED position (home run)
P72 Yellow Actuator opens in high-fire position/operation shutdown
P74 Yellow Postpurging
Valve proving
P80 Yellow Test space is evacuated
P81 Yellow Checking time fuel valve 1
P82 Yellow Test space is filled
P83 Yellow Checking time fuel valve 2
204/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
Phase number or 3-segment display and AZL2... display
LED Function
Waiting phases (start prevention)
P01 Red/yellow flashing Undervoltage
P02 Yellow Safety loop open Safety shutdown followed by lockout with interlocking
P04 Red/green flashing Extraneous light on burner startup (timeout/locking after 30 seconds)
P90 Yellow Pressure switch-min open Safety shutdown followed by lockout with interlocking
Lockout
LOC Red Lockout phase
205/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.2.3 Display of operating position
LC
D B
ild 0
4/0
908
Display oP1 means stage 1. Display after oP is unit-specific. The signal lamp blinks green.
25.3 Special functions
25.3.1 Manual lockout
nfo
and other button
LC
D B
ild 0
6/0
908
Alternately
Press nfo simultaneously with any other button. Basic unit changes from any operating position directly to lockout. Signal lamp lights up red. Display shows current error code 167.
206/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.4 Fault status messages, display of errors
25.4.1 Display of errors (faults) with lockout
LC
D B
ild 0
6/0
908
Alternately
LC
D B
ild 0
7/0
908
Display shows alternately Loc and 4. Unit is in the lockout position. The current error code is displayed and the signal lamp is blinking red. Example: Error code 4
+
or -
LC
D B
ild 0
8/0
908
Press
+
or
-
for display of the phase, where the fault appeared. Signal lamp blinks red. Example: Phase P02
A
Only with modulation via analog signal
Press
A
for display of the output position/actuator position where the error occurred. Signal lamp lights up red. Example: Output position/actuator position 49
207/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.4.2 Display of flame current ION or QRA...
Note: This display is only possible in operating mode or standby!
+
LC
D B
ild 0
9/0
908
Press
+
for display of the flame signal amplifier. Signal lamp blinks green. Display shows FL.1.
+
1...3 s L
CD
Bild
10
/09
08
When pressing
+
(1…3 seconds), the flame signal current is displayed. Signal lamp blinks green. Example: 11.
+
>3 s
LC
D B
ild 1
1/0
908
When pressing
+
(>3 seconds), the point after the number begins to blink. When the button is released, the value is displayed for 2 minutes. Signal lamp blinks green. Then, the normal display appears. Display: Point . blinks, value 11 does not.
25.4.3 Reset
nfo
>1 s
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
For reset the unit, press
nfo
for 1...3 seconds. When the button is released, OFF is displayed. The basic unit is reset.
Note: For meaning of the error and diagnostic codes, see chapter Error code list...
208/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.4.4 Display of flame current QRB... or QRC...
Note: This display is only possible in operating mode or standby!
-
LC
D B
ild 1
2/0
908
Press
-
for display of the flame signal amplifier. Signal lamp blinks green. Display shows FL.2.
-
1...3 s
When pressing
-
(1…3 seconds), the flame signal current is displayed. Signal lamp blinks green. Example: 1.1
-
>3 s
When pressing
+
(>3 seconds), the point after the number begins to blink. When the button is released, the value is displayed for 2 minutes. Signal lamp blinks green. Then, the normal display appears. Display: Point . blinks, value 11 does not.
209/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.4.5 Display of preset output
Note: Display is possible only when … in operating mode or standby, program sequence for modulating operation via analog preset output.
A
LC
D B
ild 1
3/0
908
Press
A
for display of the relative current position of the actuator. Signal lamp blinks green. Display shows .oP.
Press
A
(1…3 seconds) for display of the relative current position. Signal lamp blinks green. The relative value .57 of the current position is displayed. PME7... with actuator control: Position of actuator 0° 0 value of potentiometer = 0% display Position of actuator high-fire >0° <90° = value of potentiometer <1000 = 100% display >0 <1000
PME7... with PWM fan: Current speed 0 rpm = 0% display Current speed corresponds to the rated load speed = 100% display
A
1...3 s
Example: Value .57
A
>3 s
When pressing
+
for >3 seconds, the point after the number begins to blink. When the button is released, the value is displayed for 2 minutes. Signal lamp blinks green. Then, the normal display appears. Display: Value 57, point . blinks.
210/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.5 Manual adjustment (depending on program module)
25.5.1 Position of actuator or speed of PWM fan in modulating operation with analog signal
Note: Display is possible only when … in operating mode or standby, program sequence for modulating operation via analog preset output and with connected
actuator with potentiometer for position feedback to the LME7...
A
LC
D B
ild 1
3/0
908
Press
A
for the relative current position of the actuator or the relative current speed of the PWM fan. Signal lamp blinks green. Display shows .oP.
Press
A
(1…3 seconds) for display of the relative current position or the current speed. Signal lamp blinks green. The relative value .57 of the current position is displayed. Position of actuator 0° 0 value of potentiometer = 0% display Position of actuator high-fire >0° <90° = value of potentiometer >0 <1000 = 100% display
Actual speed 0 rpm = 0% display Current speed corresponds to the rated load speed = 100% display
A
1...3 s
Example: Value .57
A
>3 s
When pressing
A
(>3 seconds), the point after the number begins to blink. When the button is released, the value is displayed for 2 minutes. Signal lamp blinks green. Then, the normal display appears. Display: Value 57, point . blinks.
211/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
Press
A
for >3 seconds to display alternately LoA and 41. The relative value 41 of the current position or current speed is displayed. Actuator position 0° 0 potentiometer value = 0% display Actuator position high-fire >0° <90° = potentiometer value >0 <1000 = 100% display
Current speed 0 rpm = 0% display Current speed corresponds to the rated load speed = 100% display
A
>3 s
Alternately
The actual value (example 41%) is displayed and the signal lamp blinks green. Example: Position of actuator or the current speed 41% (based on range between high-fire and 0° or 0 rpm)
A
and
+
or -
Press
A
simultaneously with
+
or
-
to adjust the actuator position or the fan speed between low-fire (x%) and high-fire (100%). Release the buttons when the required position or speed is reached. Signal lamp blinks s green. Example: Value 43
Alternately
Display shows alternately LoA and 43. Signal lamp blinks green. Example: Required position of actuator or current speed 43%
-
and
+
Press
-
and
+
simultaneously (Escape) to return to normal operation. Display: oP When manual adjustment is completed, the actuator or the PWM fan returns to the analog preset output!
212/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
Note: When the program phase (e.g. P10 - shutdown) changes during manual adjustment, the
display blinks Manual adjustment mode remains active until Escape switches the basic unit back to
normal operation or until the basic unit is reset via mains ON/OFF. This means that in the case of a new heat request and after startup, the actuator or the PWM fan is driven to the position or speed of the manually preset value
213/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.6 First startup with a new program module or in case of replacement of program module
Alternately
Display shows alternately rSt and PrC. Display shows the replacement of the program module. Signal lamp blinks red once and yellow twice alternately.
Press
nfo
for >3 seconds to start data download from the program module. Signal lamp blinks yellow. The process of 3 seconds is supported by a short flash of the yellow signal lamp.
nfo
>3 s
Note:
If you press
nfo
for <3 seconds, data download does not start. To start the restore process again, the LME7... must be reset by switching mains ON/OFF.
Display shows run during download (restore process) of the program sequence.
Alternately
Display shows alternately End and rSt. Display shows the end of data exchange. Signal lamp blinks red.
After 2 minutes, the unit changes to Loc 138
LC
D B
ild 0
6/0
908
Alternately
After the restore process, the unit is automatically in the lockout position (LOC 138) and must be reset for operation!
214/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
nfo
>1 s
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
Press
nfo
for >1 second to reset the unit. Display: OFF
Warning! On first startup or after exchange of the program module, the sequence of functions and parameter settings must be checked upon completion of the restore process See chapter Operation via AZL2.../first startup, restore See chapter Operation via internal LED/first startup, restore
215/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.7 Manual backup
-
and
+
>1 s
Press
-
and
+
simultaneously for >1 second (Escape) to start a manual backup process. Parameter PrC appears. Display: PrC
-
or +
Press
-
or
+
for parameter bAC. Display: bAC
nfo
1…3 s
run appears during download (backup process) of the program sequence.
Alternately
Display shows alternately End and bAC. Display shows the end of data exchange.
Display appears for 2 minutes or can be finished by pressing nfo .
nfo
>1 s
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
When the backup process is completed, the display shows OFF.
Press
nfo
for >1 second to reset the unit. Display: OFF
Warning! If any parameters are changed, a backup must be made!
216/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.7.1 Error during backup process
Alternately
Display shows alternately bAC and Er3. For meaning of a possible cause, see chapter Error code list with operation via internal LED.
Note: During backup, all settings and parameters are transferred from the basic unit’s memory to the memory of the program module.
217/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.8 Manual restore
-
and
+
>1 s
Press
-
and
+
simultaneously for >1 second (Escape) for starting the manual restore process. Parameter PrC appears. Display: PrC
-
or +
Press
-
or
+
for parameter rSt. Display: rSt
nfo
1…3 s
run appears during download (restore process) of program sequence.
Alternately
Display shows alternately End and rSt. Display shows the end of data exchange. Signal lamp blinks red.
After 2 minutes, the unit changes to Loc 138
LC
D B
ild 0
6/0
908
Alternately
After the restore process, the unit is automatically in the lockout position (LOC 138) and must be reset for operation!
nfo
>1 s
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
Press
nfo
for >1 second to reset the unit. Display: OFF
218/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 25 Operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
25.8.1 Errors during the restore process
Alternately with
or
or
Display shows alternately rSt and Er1, Er2 or Er3. For meaning of a possible cause, see chapter Error code list with operation via internal LED.
Note: During the restore process, all settings and parameters are written from the program module to the basic unit’s onboard memory. In the process, it is possible that previous program sequences, parameters and settings in the onboard memory will be overwritten!
25.8.2 Reset
nfo
>1 s
LC
D B
ild 0
2/0
908
When pressing
nfo
for 1...3 seconds, OFF is displayed. When the button is released, the basic unit is reset.
Note: For meaning of the error and diagnostic codes, see chapter Error code list...
219/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 26 Error code list with operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
26 Error code list with operation via internal LED
Note: Display depends on program!
Error code Clear text Possible cause
bAC Er3 Fault of compatibility program module to basic unit during backup process
Program sequence of program module does not match the basic unit
Err PrC Fault of program module - Error in data content of program module - No program module fitted
Loc 2
No establishment of flame at the end of the safety time
- Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner, no fuel - Faulty ignition equipment
Loc 3
Air pressure faulty (air pressure switch welded in no-load position), decrease to specified time (air pressure switch) response time)
Air pressure switch faulty - Loss of air pressure signal after specified time - Air pressure switch is welded in no-load position
Loc 4 Extraneous light Extraneous light when burner startup
Loc 5 Air pressure faulty, air pressure switch welded in working position
Time out air pressure switch - Air pressure switch is welded in working position
Loc 6 Fault of actuator - Actuator faulty or blocked - Faulty connection - Wrong adjustment
Loc 7
Loss of flame Too many losses of flame during operation (limitation of repetitions) - Faulty or soiled fuel valves - Faulty or soiled flame detector - Poor adjustment of burner
Loc 8 --- Free
Loc 9 --- Free
Loc 10 Error not relatable (application), internal error Wiring error or internal error, output contacts,
other faults
Loc 12 Valve proving Fuel valve 1 leak
Loc 13 Valve proving Fuel valve 2 leak
Loc 14 POC error Error valve closure control POC
Loc 20 Gas pressure switch min open Gas shortage
Loc 22 Safety loop open - Gas pressure switch-max open - Safety limit thermostat cut out
Loc 60 Analog power source 4...20 mA, I <4 mA Wire breakage
Loc: 83 Faulty PWM fan
- PWM fan does not reach the target speed within the preset period of time, or - After reaching the target speed, the PWM fan leaves the tolerance band again (P650) for a time exceeding the tolerance time speed deviation (P660)
Loc 138 Restore process successful Restore process successful
Loc 139 No program module detected No program module identified
Loc 167 Manual locking Manual locking
Loc: 206 AZL2... incompatible Use the latest version
220/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 26 Error code list with operation via internal LED 29.11.2011
Loc: 225 Faulty PWM fan
- Fan speed dropped below the minimum prepurge PWM (P675.00) after reaching the prepurge speed, or - After reaching the ignition load speed, the maximum ignition load PWM (P675.01) was exceeded
Loc: 226 Faulty PWM fan
Parameterization error: - Speed low-fire > speed high-fire, or - Low-fire = 0 rpm, or - Maximum speed = 0 rpm
Loc: 227 Faulty PWM fan One or several parameters violate the minimum/maximum limit
rSt Er1 Error in compatibility program module to basic unit during restore process
- Program sequence of program module does not match the basic unit
rSt Er2 Error in compatibility program module to basic unit during restore process
- Hardware of basic unit does not match the program module
rSt Er3 Error during the restore process - Program module faulty - Program module removed during restore process
221/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27 PWM settings 27.1 Relevant parameters
Note: Initial parameter settings (also see chapter Initial PWM parameter settings)! Display depends on program.
Parameter Meaning
Ignition load speed (P403:[0] in ACS410 software): Corresponds to the ignition load speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Prerequisite: P0 ≥ P0min (P516.00), P0 P0max (P516.01)
P0
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Low-fire speed (P403:[1] in ACS410 software): Corresponds to the low-fire speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Prerequisite: P1 ≥ P1min (P517.00), P1 ≤ P1max (P517.01)
P1
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
High-fire speed (P403:[3] in ACS410 software): Corresponds to the high-fire speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Prerequisite: P2 ≥ P2min (P518.00), P2 ≤ P2max (P518.01)
P2
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Standby speed: Corresponds to the standby speed in revolutions per minute (rpm), delivered as a PWM value in standby (OFF) or lockout position 1! This means that a connected PWM fan ensures purging at this speed in standby (OFF) or, when using a mains-powered fan, in lockout position 1 as well. In that case, compliance with the connection diagram of the PWM fan must be ensured! When using mains-powered fans, following must be observed: In terms of mains supply, the fan is no longer connected to the LME7... and, in the event of
fault/lockout, will not be disconnected from mains supply The PWM interface integrated in the fan must ensure safe electrical separation from mains (e.g.
via optocoupler) No PWM signal is delivered in lockout position 0 (LOC10). The PWM fan does not provide
purging in this lockout position
503.00
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Purge speed: Corresponds to the speed in revolutions per minute (rpm) used by the fan for pre- and/or postpurging and/or valve proving.
503.01
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Minimum limit speed ignition load P0: Corresponds to the minimum speed for ignition load P0 in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the burner can still be securely ignited. Prerequisite: P516.00 P0
516.00
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
222/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Parameter Meaning
Maximum limit speed ignition load P0: Corresponds to the maximum speed for ignition load P0 in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the burner may still be securely ignited. Prerequisite: P516.01 ≥ P0
516.01
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Minimum limit speed low-fire P1: Corresponds to the minimum speed for low-fire P1 in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the burner still operates safely in the low-fire range. Prerequisite: P517.00 ≤ P1 fan speed
517.00
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Maximum limit speed low-fire P1: Corresponds to the maximum speed for low-fire P1 in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the burner still operates safely in the low-fire range. Prerequisite: P517.01 ≥ P1
517.01
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Minimum limit speed high-fire P2: Corresponds to the minimum speed for high-fire P2 in revolutions per minute (rpm) for the burner operating in the high-fire range. Prerequisite: P518.00 ≤ P2
518.00
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
Maximum limit speed high-fire P2: Corresponds to the maximum speed for high-fire P2 in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which the burner may operate. Prerequisite: P518.01 ≥ P2
518.01
Note: Step size of speed when making the setting with operating unit AZL2...: 10 rpm Step size of speed when making the setting with PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
519 Maximum fan speed Corresponds to the maximum fan speed (see supplier’s Data Sheet).
644 Number of pulses per revolution Corresponds to the number of (Hall signal) pulses per revolution the fan feeds back to the control (see supplier’s Data Sheet).
658.00 Startup PWM PWM value the PWM fan needs as a minimum to start from standstill (see supplier’s Data Sheet).
658.01 Minimum operating limit of PWM Represents the minimum limit value of PWM, which fan speed control does not cross.
658.02 Maximum operating limit of PWM Represents the maximum limit value of PWM, which fan speed control does not cross.
223/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.2 PWM control parameters
Parameter Meaning
522 Ramp-up Control parameter ”Ramp time” is the preset time in seconds (s) within which the PWM signal reaches the setpoint with a positive setpoint step (0 rpm to high-fire rpm). Factory setting: Approx. 15 seconds
523 Ramp-down Control parameter ”Ramp time” is the preset time in seconds (s) within which the PWM signal reaches the setpoint with a negative setpoint step (high-fire rpm to 0 rpm). Factory setting: Approx. 15 seconds
646 Settling time for assessment of speed The current speed must lie within tolerance band 1 (P650.00) of the required speed for this period of time before the target speed is considered reached (speed release).
650.00 Tolerance band 1 (speed shutdown) Factory setting: 1% If the current speed leaves value range Required speed ± set tolerance band 1 for a period of time exceeding the time set with parameter P646, lockout Loc 83 will be initiated.
650.01 Tolerance band 2 (quick speed shutdown) Factory setting: 3% If the current speed leaves value range Required speed ± set tolerance band 2, lockout Loc 83 will immediately be initiated.
660 Tolerance time speed deviation A speed deviation outside tolerance band 1 (P650.00) will be tolerated for the period of time set. If it lasts longer, lockout Loc 83 will be initiated.
674 Neutral band Minimum speed change in revolutions per minute. Factory setting: 40 rpm Protection from speed oscillations. Only control offsets with speed changes above the setting value will be corrected (dead band).
679.00 Time constant PT1 controller for speed control in the upper speed range high-fire to low-fire.
679.01 Time constant PT1 controller for speed control in the medium speed range high-fire to low-fire.
679.02 Time constant PT1 controller for speed control in the lower speed range high-fire to low-fire.
679.03 Time constant PT1 controller for speed control in the entire speed range low-fire to high-fire.
680.00 Threshold between upper and medium speed range for control parameters P679.02 and P679.01.
680.01 Threshold between medium and lower speed range for control parameters P679.01 and P679.00.
224/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.3 PWM safety parameters
Note: Also see chapter Initial PWM parameter settings!
Parameter Meaning
559 PWM mode control Determines the behavior of PWM control, delivering a PWM signal proportional to the preset output (analog/3-position step input). Control: Controls the PWM speed proportional to the output preset via the analog or 3-position step input. Safety mode: Control for defining the PWM safety parameters.
675.00 Minimum PWM with prepurging, SEC Minimum PWM signal in percent for prepurging
675.01 Maximum PWM with ignition load, SEC Maximum PWM signal in percent for ignition load
920 (Current) PWM signal fan PWM signal in percent. Readable on the service level with AZL2... (press Info button for >3 seconds).
225/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.4 Initial PWM parameter settings 27.4.1 Initial settings of PWM basic parameters
Note: The initial settings of the PWM basic parameter are made exclusively on the OEM level.
Prerequisites
Operating unit AZL2... for setting the parameters is connected Unit is wired up in accordance with the proposed application Mains voltage is available Safety loop is closed There is no heat request, unit is in standby (OFF) Fan parameters, such as maximum speed and Hall signal (number of pulses per
revolution) are known With unprogrammed program module (initial settings), AZL2... displays OFF UPr With unprogrammed program module (initial settings), the onboard operating panel
of the LME7... displays UPr
Operating steps Select programming mode for OEM
Press A and F simultaneously for <5 seconds. Display shows CodE
Enter the OEM’s password via , and /reset. Also see chapter Entering the password
Display shows PArA and then 400: SEt. Confirm by pressing /reset Unit jumps to setting parameter P0 (ignition load position) 516.00 (516 blinking).
Keep /reset depressed for >1 second. Subindex 00 is blinking
Keep /reset depressed for >1 second. Display changes to -. Also see chapter Setting parameters with index, with or without direct display
By pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm. Set the required minimum limit speed for the ignition load position at which the burner can still be safely ignited
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection level for the subindex
Subindex 00 blinks. Press to select the next subindex. Subindex 01 blinks
Press /reset for >1 second. Display changes to -
By pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm. Set the required maximum limit speed for the ignition load position at which the burner may still be safely ignited
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
twice (press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection level for the parameter number
226/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Parameter number 516 blinks. Press to select the next parameter. Parameter 517 blinks
Now, for the following parameters, proceed as described above: - P1 low-fire position 517 - P2 high-fire position 518
For parameter number 519, press /reset for >1 second
By pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm. Also see chapter Setting parameters without index, without direct display. Set the required maximum speed for the connected fan (also see the supplier’s Data Sheet)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection level for the parameters
Parameter number 519 blinks. Press to select the next parameter. Parameter 644 blinks
Press /reset for >1 second
By pressing or the number of pulses per revolution (Hall signals) the unit feeds back to the control can be set (see supplier’s Data Sheet)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection level for the parameters
Parameter number 644 blinks. Press to select the next parameter. Parameter P0 blinks
By pressing A (display changes to 0A and speed appears blinking) and pressing
or the speed can be changed within the predefined limits (P0max, P0min) in step sizes of 10 rpm
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory and the next parameter P1
By pressing A (display changes to 1A and speed appears blinking) and pressing
or the speed can be changed within the predefined limits (P1max, P1min) in step sizes of 10 rpm
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory and the next parameter P2
By pressing A (display changes to 2A and speed appears blinking) and pressing
or the speed can be changed within the predefined limits (P2max, P2min) in step sizes of 10 rpm
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory and to complete the initial settings
Display shows -END-
227/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection level for the parameters
Display changes from PArA to 400: SEt
Press to select the next parameter group (P500...P600). Display: 500: PArA
Press /reset to go to the respective group
Press or to select parameter 503.00 (503 blinking)
Press /reset for >1 second. Subindex 00 blinks
Press or to select subindex 01
Press /reset for >1 second. Display shows the prepurge speed. Also see chapter Setting parameters with index, with or without direct display
By pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm. Set the required minimum prepurge speed
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
3 times (press and simultaneously) you leave the entry level and return to the selection levels for the subindex. Parameter for returning to the parameter group (display shows 500: PArA)
Press to select the next parameter group (P600...P700). Display shows 600: PArA
Press /reset to go to the respective group
Press or to select parameter 675.00 (675 blinking)
Press /reset for >1 second. Subindex 00 blinks
Press /reset
Press or to set the value to 40%
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
3 times (press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter level and return to the subindex
Press or to select subindex 01
Press /reset
Press or to set the value to 55%
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
twice (press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter setting level and return to the initial mode
Warning! In the case of burner components (PWM fan) with voltage-related behavior, it is recommended to read out the value (current PWM signal, parameter 920) for the prepurge phase (P30) with the minimum permissible prepurge speed close to the undervoltage limit, and for the ignition phases (P38, 40 and 44) with the maximum
228/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
permissible ignition speed close to the overvoltage limit. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions.
27.4.2 Reading the value of parameter 920 in the prepurge
phase (P30) and ignition load phase (P38, P40 and P44)
Procedure
Set the ignition load speed (P0) for the burner to the maximum permissible value,
and the prepurge speed (503.01) to the minimum value
Let the AZL2... display service mode. Press /reset for >3 seconds. The display first shows InFo, then SEr
Release /reset so that parameter number 701.00 starts blinking
Press or to select parameter 920 (blinking) Start the burner Read the value of parameter 920 in the prepurge phase (P30) and ignition phase
(P38, 40 and 44). Write down the values. They will be required as a basis for setting safety parameter 675.00
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter setting level and return to the initial mode
Note: If the onboard operating panel of the LME7... basic unit changes from phase display (e.g. P30) to SEC at 1-second intervals, or if the LME7... goes to lockout (Loc: 225), the difference between the actually required PWM value (parameter 936) and safety parameter 675.00 or 675.01 is too small. Decrease value 675.00 (parameter 920 - 1%) or increase value 675.01 (parameter 920 +1%). Reduce the value until SEC disappears from the display.
229/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.4.3 Final settings of PWM safety parameters
Note: PWM control by the LME7... makes use of the Hall signal for feedback. This Hall signal is used to calculate the manipulated variable of the PWM control process. To prevent the calculation of wrong manipulated variables in the event of incorrect Hall signals, the working range of PWM control must be restricted via parameter 675.00/675.01. For that purpose, the burner is operated in special test mode (parameter 559).
Warning! In the case of burner components (PWM fan) with voltage-related behavior, it is recommended to read out the value (current PWM signal, parameter 920) for the prepurge phase (P30) with the minimum permissible prepurge speed close to the undervoltage limit, and for the ignition phases (P38, 40 and 44) with the maximum permissible ignition speed close to the overvoltage limit. If this is not observed, there is a risk of loss of safety functions.
Procedure
Select test mode (parameter 559) and check the prepurge speed under worst-case conditions close to the undervoltage limit, or check the ignition load speeds under worst-case conditions close to the overvoltage limit:
Reference: In test mode (parameter 559, setting value = 2), the normalized PWM signal (parameter 675.00) for the prepurge phase or the PWM signal (parameter 675.01) for the ignition phase is output as a fixed value. Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressures under these worst-case conditions by taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676).
Set safety parameter 675.00 to the value previously determined by parameter 920
in the prepurge phase (P30) -1% and safety parameter 675.01 to the value of parameter 920 in the ignition phase (P38, 40 and 48) +1%
Follow these steps
Select programming mode for the OEM
Press A and F simultaneously for <5 seconds. Display shows CodE
Enter the OEM’s password via , and /reset. Also see chapter Entering the password
Display changes from PArA to 400: SEt
Press to select the next parameter group (P500...P600). Display shows 500: PArA
Press /reset to go to the respective group
Press or to select parameter 559
Press /reset
Press or to set the value (2 test modes)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
twice (press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter setting level and return to the parameter group
Press to select the parameter group (P600...P700). Display shows 600: PArA
230/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Press /reset to go to the respective group
Press or to select parameter 675.00 (675 blinking)
Press /reset for >1 second. Subindex 00 blinks
Press /reset
Press or to set the previously determined value -1% of parameter 920 (prepurge phase (P30))
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
(press and simultaneously) you return to the subindex. Display shows 00 blinking
Press or to select subindex 01
Press /reset
Press or to set the previously determined value -1% of parameter 920 (ignition phase (P38, 40 and 44))
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
4 times (press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter setting level and return to the initial mode
Note: Test mode is indicated by the unit’s 7-segment display changing from SEC to the relevant program phase at 1-second intervals.
Checking prepurging
To check the prepurge speed, set the required worst-case conditions close to the
undervoltage limit Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressure by
taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676) in the prepurge phase (P30)
If the worst-case requirements are not satisfied, change safety parameter 675.00 accordingly
Checking the ignition load
To check the ignition load speed, set the required worst-case conditions close to
the overvoltage limit Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressure by
taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676) in the ignition phase (P38, P40 or P44)
If the worst-case requirements are not satisfied, change safety parameter 675.01 accordingly
On successful completion of the test, reset parameter 559 to control as described above (setting value = 1).
Note: To store the settings in the PME... program module, a manual backup is required. Also see chapter Manual backup.
231/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.4.4 Setting safety parameters 675.00/675.01 and checking
the safety settings under worst-case conditions
Procedure
Select test mode (parameter 559) and check the prepurge speed under worst-case conditions close to the undervoltage limit, or check the ignition load speeds under worst-case conditions close to the overvoltage limit:
Note: In test mode (parameter 559, setting value = 2), the normalized PWM signal (parameter 675.00) for the prepurge phase or the PWM signal (parameter 675.01) for the ignition phase is output as a fixed value. Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressure under these worst-case conditions by taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676).
Follow these steps
Select programming mode for the OEM
Press A and F simultaneously for <5 seconds. Display shows CodE
Enter the OEM’s password via , and /reset. Also see chapter Entering the password
Display changes from PArA to 400: SEt
Press to select the next parameter group (P500...P600). Display shows 500: PArA
Press /reset to go to the respective group
Press or to select parameter 559
Press /reset
Press or to set the value (2 test modes)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing
ESC
twice (press and simultaneously) you leave the parameter setting level and return to the parameter group
Checking prepurging
To check the prepurge speed, set the required worst-case conditions close to the
undervoltage limit Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressure by
taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676) in the prepurge phase (P30)
If the worst-case requirements are not satisfied, change safety parameter 675.00 accordingly
232/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Checking the ignition load
To check the ignition load speed, set the required worst-case conditions close to
the overvoltage limit Start the burner and check the speed, the volumetric air flow or air pressure by
taking appropriate measures while ensuring compliance with the relevant standards (e.g. EN 676) in the ignition phase (P38, P40 or P44)
If the worst-case requirements are not satisfied, change safety parameter 675.01 accordingly
On successful completion of the test, reset parameter 559 to control as described above (setting value = 1).
Note: To store the settings in the PME... program module, a manual backup is required. Also see chapter Manual backup.
27.4.5 Matching the working points “Speeds for low-fire (P1),
ignition load (P0) and high-fire (P2) for the heating engineer to the application
Prerequisites
Initial settings of the basic PWM parameters on the OEM level are made Unit is wired up in accordance with the proposed application Mains voltage is available Safety loop is closed There is no heat request, unit is in standby (OFF)
233/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.4.6 ... via the onboard operating panel of the LME7... basic unit
Keep A
and
+
or simultaneously depressed for >5 seconds. Display shows OFF blinking
Note: If there is no operating action for >30 seconds, the LME7... changes automatically to standard mode. This means that adaptation of the working points must be started again. Heat request (temperature controller) ON Basic unit is started and runs through the startup phase. Then, the unit runs
through the respective program phases in accordance with the program sequence; the numbers appear blinking
The unit proceeds to the end of the prepurge phase (P30), goes to the start load position and then displays P0 (ignition load sped). In the process, the display shows alternately P0 and a 3-digit number
Note: The 3-digit number shows the setting value for parameter P0/P1 or P2 as the speed and must be multiplied by 10.
By pressing
A
and
+
or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P0max, P0min)
Note! The setting value of P0 must be greater than the setting value of P1. The basic unit checks the setting values. If setting rules are violated, the unit goes to lockout and displays error message Loc: 225.
Press
nfo
to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory The startup phase proceeds. The burner is ignited. The program proceeds to low-
fire position P1. In the process, the display shows alternately P1 and the speed
By pressing
A
and
+
or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P1max, P1min)
Press
nfo
to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory The burner proceeds to high-fire position P2. In the process, the display shows
alternately P2 and the speed
By pressing
A
and
+
or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P2max, P2min)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory
By pressing ESC (press
+
and simultaneously) the setting process is ended and the burner changes to the operating position
In the operating position, the output predefined by the external load controller applies
Note: To store the settings in the PME... program module, a manual backup is required. Also see chapter Manual backup.
234/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.4.7 ... via the AZL2... operating unit Start the programming mode for the heating engineer
Keep A and F depressed for <5 seconds. Display shows Code
Enter the heating engineer’s password via , and /reset. Also see chapter Entering the password
Display shows PArA and then 400: SEt. Confirm by pressing /reset
Display changes to run. Confirm by pressing /reset to start the setting mode for low-fire (P1), ignition load (P0) and high-fire (P2)
Heat request (temperature controller) ON Basic unit is started and runs through the startup phase. Then, the unit runs
through the respective program phases in accordance with the program sequence and the numbers appear blinking
The unit proceeds to the end of the prepurge phase (P30), goes to the start load position and then displays P0 (ignition load sped). In the process, the display shows alternately P0 (blinking) and the speed
By pressing A (display changes to 0A and the speed appears blinking) and
pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P0max, P0min)
Note! The setting value of P0 must be greater than the setting value of P1. The basic unit checks the setting values. If setting rules are violated, the unit goes to lockout and displays error message Loc: 225.
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory The startup phase proceeds. The burner is ignited. The program proceeds to low-
fire position P1. In the process, the display shows alternately P1 (blinking) and the speed
By pressing A (display changes to 1A and the speed appears blinking) and
pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P1max, P1min)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory Display changes briefly to oP: P1. The fan speed changes to the value for high-fire
P2 and the display changes to P2 (blinking) to show the speed
By pressing A (display changes to 2A and the speed appears blinking) and
pressing or the speed can be changed in step sizes of 10 rpm within the limits predefined by the OEM (P2max, P2min)
Press /reset to transfer the setting value to the onboard memory Then, the display changes briefly to oP: P1. The fan speed changes to the value
for low-fire P1 and the display changes to P1 (blinking) to show the speed From here, the low-fire speeds P1 or high-fire speeds P2 can be changed again as
described above, or the setting process can be ended and the burner be brought
into its operating position by pressing
ESC
several times (press and simultaneously)
235/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
In the operating position, the output predefined by the external load controller applies
Note: To store the settings in the PME... program module, a manual backup is required. Also see chapter Manual backup.
236/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
27.5 Overview of PWM fan parameters (value range refers to PME71.901)
Parameter- Designation Value range Step size *) Conditions
number Min. Max.
403.00 Fan speed: Ignition load speed (P0) 800 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 3000 rpm
403.01 Fan speed: Low-fire speed (P1) 800 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 1200 rpm
403.02 Fan speed: High-fire speed (P2) 800 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 5700 rpm
503.00 No-flame speeds PWM fan: Standby speed
0 9000 10 rpm 0 up to max. speed
503.01 No-flame speeds PWM fan: Purge speed 800 9000 10 rpm < max. speed
516.00 Limit speed ignition load P0: Min. limit 800 9000 10 rpm P1min < P0min < P1max
516.01 Limit speed ignition load P0: Max. limit 800 9000 10 rpm P0max < P1max
517.00 Limit speed low-fire P1: Min. limit 800 9000 10 rpm ---
517.01 Limit speed low-fire P1: Max. limit 800 9000 10 rpm P1max < P2min
518.00 Limit speed high-fire P2: Min. limit 800 9000 10 rpm P2min > P1max
518.01 Limit speed high-fire P2: Max. limit 800 9000 10 rpm P2max > P2 min
519 Max. speed fan 3000 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 5830 rpm
522 Ramp-up low-fire high-fire 2.058 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting approx. 15 s
523 Ramp-down high-fire low-fire 2.058 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting approx. 15 s
559
PWM mode 0 = open loop control 1 = PID control 2 = safety mode (PWM limits)
0 2 1 Factory setting 1 (control)
560
Mode: Pneumatic ratio control 0 = OFF 1 = PWM fan 2 = air damper actuator
0 2 1 Factory setting 1 (PWM fan)
644 Number of pulses per revolution 2 5 1 Factory setting 3 (Hall pulses/rev)
646 Settling time for speed assessment 1.029 2.058 0.147 s Factory setting 2.1 seconds
650.00 Speed tolerance band: Speed shutdown 1 5 1% Factory setting 1%
650.01 Speed tolerance band quick speed shutdown
1 10 1% Factory setting 3%
658.00 PWM values fan: Start PWM 1 100 1% Factory setting 25%
658.01 PWM values fan: Min. PWM 0 20 1% Factory setting 0%
658.02 PWM values fan: Max. PWM 80 100 1% Factory setting 100%
659.00 Ramp time of fan: Min. low-fire to high-fire 0 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting 2.058 seconds
659.01 Ramp time of fan: Max. low-fire to high-fire
0 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting 74.970 seconds
659.02 Ramp time of fan: Min. high-fire to low-fire 0 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting 2.058 seconds
659.03 Ramp time of fan: Max. high-fire to low-fire
0 74.970 0.294 s Factory setting 74.970 seconds
660 Tolerance time speed deviation 0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 4.998 seconds
674 Neutral band (permitted control offset) 0 255 1 rpm Factory setting 40 rpm
675.00 PWM: Min. PWM with prepurging, SEC 0 100 1% Factory setting 86%
675.01 PWM: Max. PWM with ignition load, SEC 0 100 1% Factory setting 34%
676 Gain factor speed control 0 255 1 Factory setting 112
237/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Parameter- Designation Value range Step size *) Conditions
number Min. Max.
677 Integral action time speed control 0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 0.441 s
678 Derivative action time speed control 0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 0 seconds
679.00 Time constant PT1 speed control: Lower speed range high-fire to low-fire
0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 6.027 seconds
679.01 Time constant PT1 speed control: Medium speed range high-fire to low-fire
0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 6.027 seconds
679.02 Time constant PT1 speed control: Upper speed range high-fire to low-fire
0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 6.027 seconds
679.03 Time constant PT1 speed control: Entire speed range low-fire to high-fire
0 37.485 0.147 s Factory setting 6.027 seconds
680.00 Speed range for PT1 time constant: Threshold upper speed range
800 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 4000 rpm
680.01 Speed range for PT1 time constant: Threshold lower speed range
800 9000 10 rpm Factory setting 2000 rpm
920 Current PWM signal fan 0 100 1% Service parameter *) Step size of speeds when making the settings via PC software ACS410: 1 rpm
238/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Index A AZL2
Description of the unit/display and buttons.............................. 169 Info level................................... 176 Display of info level............... 177 Display of info values ........... 177 End of info level..................... 180 Identification date.................. 177 Identification number ............ 177 Identification of burner ......... 178 Number of startups resettable
............................................. 179 Total number of startups ...... 180
Meaning of symbols on the display ...................................... 170 Menu-driven operation............ 175 Assignment of levels ............ 175
Operating variants of the parameters Parameters with index, with or
without direct display ........ 196 Parameters without index, with
direct display...................... 192 Parameters without index, with
no direct display ................ 194 Operation ................................. 171 Display during
startup/shutdown............... 171 Display in standby mode ...... 171 Display of operating position173 Fault status messages, display
of errors and info ............... 174 Normal display....................... 171
Operation via AZL2 ................. 169 Parameter level Backup ................................... 188 Changing the heating engineer's
password ............................ 186 Changing the OEM's password
............................................. 187 Entering the password.......... 184 Restore ................................... 190
Service level Display of service values...... 182 Display of the service level .. 181 End of service level ............... 182 Error history........................... 182 Intensity of flame ................... 182 Mains voltage......................... 182
Special functions..................... 170 Manual lockout ...................... 170
AZL2
Safety notes relating to operation...................................................168
AZL2 Service level .............................181
AZL2 Parameter level ........................183
AZL2 Operating variants of the parameters ...............................192
AZL2 Error code list ..........................199
B Basic unit .........................................45
Air pressure switch X3-02.........47 Description of inputs and outputs ................Digital input ................................46 Flame signal input and flame detector X10-06 ..........................45 Input for external controller X5-03, terminal 1..............................46 Safety Loop X3-04, terminal 1 and 2 ...........................................46
D Dimensions......................................37
LME7 ...........................................37 F Function...........................................38
Control sequence in the event of fault .............................................39 Controlled intermittent operation.....................................................38 Limitation of repetitions............40 Parameter 240.01 .......................40 Parameter 240/240.00 ................40 Preconditions for burner startup.....................................................38 Resetting the burner control ....39 Undervoltage..............................38
I Inputs/outputs .................................44 L LED
Description of display and buttons......................................201 Error code list ..........................219 Fault status messages, display of errors ........................................206 Display of errors with lockout
.............................................206 Display of flame current ION or
QRA .....................................207 Display of preset output........209 Reset .......................................207
239/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
First startup with a new program module or in case of replacement of program module.................. 213 Manual adjustment.................. 210 Position of actuator or speed of
PWM fan in modulating operation with analog signal............................................. 210
Manual backup ........................ 215 Error during backup process216
Manual restore......................... 217 Errors during the restore
process ............................... 218 Reset....................................... 218
Normal display......................... 202 Display during
startup/shutdown............... 202 Display in standby mode ...... 202 Display of operating position205 Display of program phases .. 202 List of phase display ............. 203
Special functions Manual lockout ...................... 205
Special functions: ................... 205 LED
Operation via internal LED ..... 201 LME7
Features ..................................... 22 Indication and diagnostics ........... 22
LME7 System makeup/function description ................................. 21
M Multistage or modulating mode .. 163
Actuators.................................. 164 Connection diagram for feedback potentiometer ASZ12.33 ......... 163 Connection diagram for load controller.................................. 164 Funktion ................................... 164 Load controller inputs ............ 165 Selection source preset output
analog/3-position step input............................................. 165
Setting the maximum running time of the actuator ........... 165
X2-09 ....................................... 165 X5-03 ....................................... 165 X65 .......................................... 165
Modulating mode via analog input signal X65....................... 166 Maximum possible resolution
............................................. 166 Standardization of modulating
range ................................... 166
Multistage or modulating mode Relevant parameters..............163
Multistage/modulating mode via 3-position step input X5-03.....166 Maximum possible resolution
.............................................166 Setting the minimum power control step in modulating mode via analog input signal X65.....167
O Operation, indication, diagnostics 41
Diagnostics of cause of fault....42 Indication of operating state.....41 Operation....................................41
P PME71.401 .......................................48
Connection diagrams for fuel train applications .......................50 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage...50 Gas direct ignition G, 2-stage...50 LME71.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram .............52 Parameter list .............................53 Program sequence PME71.401.48 Time table and settings for program sequence.....................51
PME71.402 .......................................55 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications .......................57 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage...57 LME71.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram .............59 Parameter list .............................60 Program sequence ....................55 Time table and settings for program sequence.....................58
PME71.402 Gas pilot ignition 1 G1/1, 1-stage.....................................................57
PME71.901 .......................................63 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications .......................65 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage...65 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage and valve proving..............................65 Gas valve proving......................66 LME71.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram .............69 Parameter list .............................70 Program sequence PME71.901.63 Time table and settings for program sequence PME71.901.68
PME72.521
240/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Connection diagram for LME72.000 with actuator SQM478 Connection diagram for LME72.000 without actuator SQM4 .......................................... 79 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications....................... 77 Gas direct ignition 1 G1/1, 2-stage ........................................... 77 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage .. 77 LME72.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram............. 81 Parameter list ............................ 82 Time table and settings for program sequence .................... 80
PME72.521....................................... 75 Program sequence .................... 75
PME72.541....................................... 84 Connection diagram for LME72.000 with actuator SQM487 Connection diagram for LME72.000 without actuator SQM4 .......................................... 88 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications....................... 86 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage .. 86 Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1/1, 1-stage ........................................... 86 LME72.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram............. 90 Parameter list ............................ 91 Program sequence .................... 84 Time table and settings for program sequence .................... 89
PME73.810....................................... 93 Connection diagram for LME73.000 with actuator SQM499 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications....................... 95 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage .. 95 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage, with valve proving ..................... 96 Gas direct ignition G, 2-stage .. 95 Gas direct ignition G, 2-stage, with valve proving ..................... 96 Gas valve proving ..................... 97 LME73.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram........... 101 Parameter list .......................... 102 Program sequence .................... 93 Time table and settings for program.................................... 100
PME73.820 .....................................105 Connection diagram for LME73.000 with actuator SQM4...................................................111 Connection diagram for LME73.000 without actuator SQM4.........................................112 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications .....................107 Gas direct ignition 1 G, 1-stage, with valve proving ...................108 Gas direct ignition 1 G, 2-stage...................................................107 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage.107 Gas direct ignition G, 2-stage, with valve proving ...................108 Gas valve proving....................109 LME73.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram ...........114 Parameter list ...........................115 Program sequence ..................105 Time tables and settings for program sequence...................113
PME73.830 .....................................118 Connection diagram for LME73.000 with actuator SQM4...................................................124 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications .....................120 Gas direct ignition 1 Gp1/2, 1-stage, with valve proving ........121 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage.120 Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1/1, 1-stage .........................................120 Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1/2, 1-stage, with valve proving ........121 Gas valve proving....................122 LME73.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram ...........126 Parameter list ...........................127 Program sequence ..................118 Time table and settings for program sequence...................125
PME73.831 .....................................130 Connection diagram for LME73.000 with actuator SQM4...........................................139, 140 Connection diagrams for fuel applications..............................135 Gas direct ignition 1 G, 1-stage, with valve proving ...................136 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage, without valve proving..............135
241/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 27 PWM settings 29.11.2011
Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1, 1-stage, with valve proving alternate burning ignition burner........... 136 Gas pilot ignition 2 Gp2, 1-stage, without valve proving simultaneously ignition burner.................................................. 135 LME73.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram........... 143 Parameter list .......................... 144 Program sequence .................. 130 Time table and settings for program sequence .................. 141 Valve proving of gas valves ... 137
PME73.840..................................... 148 Connection diagram for LME73.000 with actuator SQM4.................................................. 154 Connection diagram for LME73.000 without actuator SQM4 ........................................ 155 Connection diagrams for fuel train applications..................... 150 Gas direct ignition 1 Gp1/2, 1-stage, with valve proving........ 151 Gas direct ignition G, 1-stage 150 Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1/1, 1-stage ......................................... 150 Gas pilot ignition 1 Gp1/2, 1-stage, with valve proving........ 151 Gas valve proving ................... 152 LME73.000 Inputs and outputs/internal
connection diagram........... 157 Parameter list .......................... 158 Program sequence .................. 148 Time table and settings for program sequence .................. 156
PWM settings Initial PWM parameter settings.................................................. 225 Final settings of PWM safety
parameters ......................... 229 Initial settings of PWM basic
parameters ......................... 225 Matching the working points 232 Reading the value of parameter
920 in the prepurge phase and ignition load phase ............ 228
Setting safety parameters 675.00/675.01 and checking
the safety settings under worst-case conditions .......231
Overview of PWM fan parameters...................................................236 PWM control parameters ........223 PWM safety parameters ..........224 Relevant parameters ...............221 via the AZL2... operating unit .234 via the onboard operating panel of the LME7... basic unit..........233
PWM settings.................................221 S Safety notes
Commissioning notes ...............18 Correct use.................................20 Disposal notes ...........................19 Electrical connection of flame detectors.....................................17 Installation notes....................15, 16 Lifetime .......................................19 Mounting notes ..........................15 Qualified personnel ...................20 Standards and certificates........19 Typographical conventions ......20
Safety notes.....................................13 Warning notes............................13
T Technical data
Actuators ....................................32 AZL2 - BCI ..................................33 Basic unit LME7 .........................30 Cable lengths .............................32 Cross-sectional areas ...............32 Dummy plug for RJ11................33 Environmental conditions.........33 Flame detector QRA2/QRA4.U/QRA10 ...............36 Flame supervision .....................34 Ionization probe .........................34 Signal cable AGV50 ...................33 Terminal rating Inputs ...............30 Terminal rating Outputs ............31
Type summary Actuators ....................................27 Burner controls..........................23 Connector sets for LME7 ..........28 Dummy plugs for RJ11..............28 External display and operating units ............................................26 Flame detectors .........................26 Pressure switch .........................27 Program module ........................24 Service tools ..............................28 Test case and accessories .......29
242/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 29.11.2011
28 List of figures
Figure 1: Mounting – mounting surface .........................................................................15
Figure 2: Example: Modulating gas burner....................................................................21
Figure 3: Ionization input at AC 120 V/AC 230 V ..........................................................34
Figure 4: Measuring circuit for ionization probe.............................................................35
Figure 5: Measuring circuit for QRA... ...........................................................................36
Figure 6: Dimensions of LME7... ...................................................................................37
Figure 7: Diagnostics of cause of fault...........................................................................42
Figure 8: Inputs/outputs.................................................................................................44
Figure 9: Flame signal input X10-06..............................................................................45
Figure 10: Safety Loop X3-04........................................................................................46
Figure 11: Inputs for external load controller ON/OFF X5-03........................................46
Figure 12: Air pressure switch X3-02 ............................................................................47
Figure 13: Program sequence PME71.401... for connection diagram fuel train (G)......48
Figure 14: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................50
Figure 15: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage .....................50
Figure 16: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ...................52
Figure 17: Program sequence PME71.402... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1) ..............................................................................................................55
Figure 18: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................57
Figure 19: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage .............57
Figure 20: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ...................59
Figure 21: Program sequence PME71.901... for connection diagram fuel train (G)......63
Figure 22: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................65
Figure 23: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving....................................................................................................................65
Fig. 24: Valve proving with separate pressure switch ...................................................66
Figure 25: LME71.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ...................69
Figure 26: Program sequence PME72.521... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1) ..............................................................................................................75
Figure 27: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................77
Figure 28: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 2-stage ...........77
Figure 29: Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ..78
Figure 30: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... .................79
Figure 31: LME72.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ...................81
Figure 32: Program sequence PME72.541... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/Gp1/1) ..............................................................................................................84
Figure 33: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................86
243/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 29.11.2011
Figure 34: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage .............86
Figure 35: Connection diagram for LME72.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ..87
Figure 36: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... .................88
Figure 37: LME72.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram ...................90
Figure 38: Program sequence PME73.810... for connection diagram fuel train (G)......93
Figure 39: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage .....................95
Figure 40: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage .....................95
Figure 41: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, with valve proving....................................................................................................................96
Figure 42: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving....................................................................................................................96
Fig. 43: Valve proving with separat pressure switch .....................................................97
Figure 44: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ..99
Figure 45: LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .................101
Figure 46: Program sequence PME73.820... for connection diagram fuel train (G)....105
Figure 47: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage ...................107
Figure 48: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (G), 2-stage ................107
Figure 49: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving..................................................................................................................108
Figure 50: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 2-stage, with valve proving..................................................................................................................108
Figure 51: Valve proving with separate pressure switch .............................................109
Figure 52: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) 111
Figure 53: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... ...............112
Figure 54: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram....................114
Figure 55: Program sequence PME73.830... for connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2) ..............................................................................................118
Figure 56: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage ...................120
Figure 57: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage ...........120
Figure 58: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving..................................................................................................................121
Figure 59: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving ........................................................................................................121
Figure 60: Valve proving with separate pressure switch .............................................122
Figure 61: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) 124
Figure 62: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram....................126
Fig. 63: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2) ....................................................................................................130
Fig. 64: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2) ....................................................................................................131
244/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 29.11.2011
Fig. 65: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2) ....................................................................................................132
Fig. 66: Program sequence PME73.831... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1)/(Gp2) ....................................................................................................133
Fig. 67: Connection diagram fuel application gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage, without valve proving ........................................................................................................135
Fig. 68: Connection diagram fuel application gas pilot ignition 2 (Gp2), 1-stage, without valve proving ........................................................................................................135
Fif. 69: Connection diagram fuel application gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1), 1-stage, with valve proving ........................................................................................................136
Fig 70: Connection diagram fuel application gas direct ignition 1 (G), 1-stage, with valve proving..................................................................................................................136
Fig. 71: Valve proving with separate pressure switch .................................................137
Fig. 72: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 2) ....139
Fig. 73: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) ....140
Fig. 74: LME73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram .....................143
Figure 75: Program sequence PME73.840... to connection diagram fuel trains (G)/(Gp1/1)/(Gp1/2) ..............................................................................................148
Figure 76: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition (G), 1-stage ...................150
Figure 77: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/1), 1-stage ...........150
Figure 78: Connection diagram fuel train gas pilot ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving..................................................................................................................151
Figure 79: Connection diagram fuel train gas direct ignition 1 (Gp1/2), 1-stage, with valve proving ........................................................................................................151
Figure 80: Valve proving with separate pressure switch .............................................152
Figure 81: Connection diagram for LME73.000... with actuator SQM4... (example 1) 154
Figure 82: Connection diagram for LME73.000... without actuator SQM4... ...............155
Figure 83: LM73.000...: Inputs and outputs/internal connection diagram....................157
Figure 84: Connection diagram for feedback potentiometer ASZ12.33 ......................163
Figure 85: Connection diagram for load controller ......................................................164
Figure 86: Description of the unit/display and buttons.................................................169
Figure 87: Meaning of display .....................................................................................170
Figure 88: Assignment of levels ..................................................................................175
Figure 89: Info level .....................................................................................................176
Figure 90: Servic level .................................................................................................181
Figure 91: Description of display and buttons .............................................................201
245/245
Building Technologies Division Basic Documentation LME7... CC1P7105en Infrastructure & Cities Sector 29.11.2011
Siemens AG Infrastructure & Cities Sector Building Technologies DivisionBerliner Ring 23 D-76437 Rastatt Tel. +49 7222 598 279 Fax +49 7222 598 269 www.siemens.com
© 2011 Siemens AG Infrastructure & Cities Sector Building Technologies Division
Subject to change!